[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2008004520A1 - Method of modifying surface of polyimide resin layer and process for producing metal-clad laminate - Google Patents

Method of modifying surface of polyimide resin layer and process for producing metal-clad laminate Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008004520A1
WO2008004520A1 PCT/JP2007/063238 JP2007063238W WO2008004520A1 WO 2008004520 A1 WO2008004520 A1 WO 2008004520A1 JP 2007063238 W JP2007063238 W JP 2007063238W WO 2008004520 A1 WO2008004520 A1 WO 2008004520A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
polyimide resin
resin layer
metal
polyimide
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2007/063238
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Ryuzo Shinta
Yasufumi Matsumura
Hironobu Kawasato
Hiroyuki Hayashida
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nippon Steel Chemical and Materials Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Nippon Steel Chemical Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nippon Steel Chemical Co Ltd filed Critical Nippon Steel Chemical Co Ltd
Priority to KR1020097002148A priority Critical patent/KR101451264B1/en
Priority to CN200780025386XA priority patent/CN101484513B/en
Priority to JP2008523673A priority patent/JP5215182B2/en
Publication of WO2008004520A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008004520A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/12Chemical modification
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/16Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin specially treated, e.g. irradiated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/12Bonding of a preformed macromolecular material to the same or other solid material such as metal, glass, leather, e.g. using adhesives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/12Bonding of a preformed macromolecular material to the same or other solid material such as metal, glass, leather, e.g. using adhesives
    • C08J5/121Bonding of a preformed macromolecular material to the same or other solid material such as metal, glass, leather, e.g. using adhesives by heating
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/38Improvement of the adhesion between the insulating substrate and the metal
    • H05K3/389Improvement of the adhesion between the insulating substrate and the metal by the use of a coupling agent, e.g. silane
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2379/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08J2361/00 - C08J2377/00
    • C08J2379/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08J2379/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/03Use of materials for the substrate
    • H05K1/0313Organic insulating material
    • H05K1/032Organic insulating material consisting of one material
    • H05K1/0346Organic insulating material consisting of one material containing N
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K2201/00Indexing scheme relating to printed circuits covered by H05K1/00
    • H05K2201/01Dielectrics
    • H05K2201/0137Materials
    • H05K2201/0154Polyimide
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K2203/00Indexing scheme relating to apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits covered by H05K3/00
    • H05K2203/07Treatments involving liquids, e.g. plating, rinsing
    • H05K2203/0779Treatments involving liquids, e.g. plating, rinsing characterised by the specific liquids involved
    • H05K2203/0786Using an aqueous solution, e.g. for cleaning or during drilling of holes
    • H05K2203/0793Aqueous alkaline solution, e.g. for cleaning or etching
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/38Improvement of the adhesion between the insulating substrate and the metal
    • H05K3/381Improvement of the adhesion between the insulating substrate and the metal by special treatment of the substrate

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a surface treatment method for a polyimide resin layer and a method for producing a metal-clad laminate in which a polyimide resin layer is laminated on a metal foil, and more specifically, a polyimide suitable for a printed wiring board.
  • the present invention relates to a surface treatment method for a resin layer and a method for producing a metal-clad laminate.
  • a printed wiring board obtained by processing a laminated board including an insulating material and a conductive material is used.
  • a printed wiring board is formed by forming a conductive pattern based on electrical design on the surface (and inside) of an insulating substrate with a conductive material.
  • a plate-shaped rigid printed wiring board is used. Broadly divided into flexible boards and flexible printed wiring boards.
  • a flexible printed wiring board is characterized by its flexibility, and it is an essential part for connection in movable parts that constantly bend.
  • the flexible printed wiring board can be stored in a state of being bent in an electronic device, and thus is used as a space-saving wiring material.
  • the flexible substrate used as the material for flexible printed wiring boards is mostly made of polyimide ester polyimide resin as the insulating resin used as the base material, but the amount of heat-resistant polyimide resin is overwhelming. Many.
  • copper foil is generally used as the conductive material from the viewpoint of conductivity.
  • Flexible substrates include a three-layer flexible substrate and a two-layer flexible substrate because of their structure.
  • a three-layer flexible board is made by bonding a base film such as polyimide and copper foil together with an adhesive such as epoxy resin or acrylic resin, and then base film layer (main layer of insulating resin layer), adhesive layer, copper foil It is a laminate composed of three layers.
  • the two-layer flexible board is a laminated board composed of two layers, a base film layer and a copper foil layer, using a special method and without using an adhesive. Since the two-layer flexible substrate does not include an adhesive layer with low heat resistance such as epoxy resin or acrylic resin, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the entire circuit with high reliability, and the amount of use is increasing.
  • the base film layer of the flexible substrate has a low thermal expansion coefficient to prevent curling.
  • a polyimide resin having a low coefficient of thermal expansion is inferior in adhesiveness
  • a polyimide resin layer with good adhesion should be attached to the adhesive surface when all of the polyimide resin is used without using an adhesive. It was necessary to provide as an adhesion-imparting layer on the side.
  • a flexible substrate having a copper foil layer on both sides is also known. After producing a single-sided flexible substrate having a copper foil layer on one side, a method of laminating two single-sided flexible substrates on each other, or a single-sided substrate. A method of laminating a copper foil on a flexible substrate is known. Also in this case, a flexible substrate that does not include an adhesive layer or an adhesion-imparting layer is desired!
  • Polyimide resin is generally known to have poor adhesion.
  • the base film layer of the laminate used for printed wiring boards is preferably a polyimide resin layer with a low coefficient of thermal expansion to prevent curling.
  • One example is a surface modification method by plasma treatment, but there is a problem that an expensive apparatus is required and the running cost is increased.
  • Examples of surface modification methods for polyimide films by plasma treatment include, for example, JP-A-5-222219, JP-A-8-12779, JP-A-11-209488, JP-A-2004-51712, Specific examples are disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-7518.
  • JP-A-5-222219, JP-A-8-12779, JP-A-11-209488, JP-A-2004-51712 Specific examples are disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-7518.
  • JP-A-5-222219 JP-A-8-127
  • a surface modification method by wet etching that is advantageous in terms of cost is also attracting attention.
  • the adhesiveness is not sufficient as compared with the surface modification method by dry etching such as plasma treatment, and thus further improvement in this point has been required.
  • a surface modification method by wet etching for example, JP-A-11-49880 can be mentioned.
  • a method of thermocompression bonding between a polyimide treated in a polar solvent containing an aliphatic primary amine and a metal via a polyimide adhesive is disclosed.
  • this method has a problem that it is necessary to provide a polyimide adhesive layer, and the insulating resin layer becomes thick.
  • Patent Document 1 JP-A-5-222219
  • Patent Document 2 JP-A-8-12779
  • Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-209488
  • Patent Document 4 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-51712
  • Patent Document 5 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-7518
  • Patent Document 6 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-49880
  • An object of the present invention is to improve the adhesion by modifying the surface of a polyimide resin layer.
  • the surface of a low thermal expansion polyimide resin layer suitable as a base film layer is modified to improve adhesion, and the adhesive polyimide resin layer or adhesive layer that becomes an adhesion-imparting layer can be omitted.
  • Another object is to provide a method for producing a copper clad laminate having an ultra-thin adhesive layer, and to ensure sufficient adhesion strength to meet the fine pitch of printed circuit boards, while also ensuring that the insulating
  • the object is to provide a method of manufacturing a copper clad laminate that can cope with thinning.
  • Another object of the present invention is to improve an adhesion method in which polyimide resin layer surfaces are superposed and thermocompression bonded.
  • Another object is to provide a method for producing a double-sided metal-clad laminate.
  • the present inventors have studied, and as a result of appropriately improving the wet etching method, the polyimide resin layer using the wet etching method has the same thickness as the polyimide resin layer. Excellent adhesive polyimide with high adhesive strength to metal foil that can hardly be changed The present inventors have found that a resin layer can be provided and have completed the present invention.
  • the present invention includes: a) a step of forming a surface layer of a polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali treatment layer; and b) a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treatment layer. And a method of forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer, comprising: impregnation and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer.
  • the present invention provides: a) a step of treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali treated layer; and b) a polar solvent containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treated layer.
  • a surface of a polyimide resin layer comprising: a step of impregnating a solution and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer; and c) a step of imidizing the amino compound-containing layer to form a modified imidized layer.
  • the present invention relates to a method for forming a modified layer.
  • the present invention also provides a metal-clad laminate comprising: I) a step of forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer; and ii) a step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the modified layer.
  • a metal-clad laminate comprising: I) a step of forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer; and ii) a step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the modified layer.
  • the present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a metal-clad laminate.
  • the present invention includes: a) a step of treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali treated layer; and b) a polar solvent containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treated layer.
  • the present invention relates to a method for producing a metal-clad laminate comprising a step of impregnating a solution and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer, and d) a step of overlaying a metal foil on the surface of the amino compound-containing layer and thermocompression bonding.
  • the present invention provides: a) a step of forming a surface of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali treated layer; and b) a polar solvent containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treated layer.
  • the present invention relates to a method for producing a metal-clad laminate comprising a step of impregnating a solution and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer, and e) a step of forming a metal thin film layer on the surface of the amino compound-containing layer.
  • the present invention provides: a) a layer on the surface side of the polyimide resin layer treated with an alkaline aqueous solution; A step of forming a potassium treatment layer, b) impregnating a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treatment layer and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer, and C) imidizing the amino compound-containing layer. Forming a modified imidized layer, and d) overlaying a metal foil on the surface of the modified imidized layer and thermocompression bonding,
  • the present invention includes: a) a step of forming a surface of the polyimide resin layer with an alkali aqueous solution to form an alkali treated layer; and b) a polar solvent containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treated layer. Impregnating the solution and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer; c) imidizing the amino compound-containing layer to form a modified imidized layer; and e) a surface of the modified imidized layer. And a method of forming a metal thin film layer.
  • the present invention relates to a method for bonding a polyimide resin layer by superimposing a first polyimide resin layer surface and a second polyimide resin layer surface,
  • B) Regarding the second polyimide resin layer a) a step of forming an alkali treatment layer by treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer (P2) with an alkaline aqueous solution, b) amino acid combination with the alkali treatment layer surface Impregnating a polar solvent solution containing a product and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer;
  • a double-sided metal-clad laminate having metal foils on both sides of a polyimide resin layer by laminating and bonding two single-sided metal-clad laminates having a metal foil on one side of a polyimide resin layer.
  • the thickness of the alkali treatment layer formed in the step a) is preferably in the range of 0.005 to 3.0 ⁇ m.
  • the polyimide resin layer can be a polyimide resin layer that forms the surface layer of the laminate, or can be a polyimide resin layer that forms the surface layer of the polyimide resin film.
  • the amino compound used in the above step b) includes an aromatic amine having a primary or secondary amino group, an aliphatic amine having at least three primary amino groups as functional groups, amino
  • silane coupling agents having groups, diaminosiloxanes and polyimide precursors are also selected.
  • the polyimide precursor resin is polyamic acid.
  • silane coupling agent having an amino group examples include 3aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N—2- (aminoethynole) 3aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- ( Aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N— (1,3 dimethylbutylidene) propylamine, and N-phenyl 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane force selected at least 1 There are seeds.
  • diaminosiloxane there is a diaminosiloxane oligomer represented by the following general formula (1).
  • Ar and Ar represent a divalent hydrocarbon group
  • R to R are hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • M represents a number from 1 to 20.
  • the metal foil used in the thermocompression bonding performed in the above step d) or d2) includes a copper foil and a copper alloy. Foil or stainless steel foil is preferred.
  • the polyimide resin layer used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be a film (sheet) having a high polyimide resin capacity.
  • the polyimide resin layer may be stacked on a substrate such as a copper foil, a glass plate, or a resin film. It may be a polyimide resin layer in a layered state.
  • the base material here means a sheet-like resin or metal foil on which a polyimide resin layer is laminated.
  • at least one side of the polyimide resin layer exists as a surface layer.
  • the polyimide resin layer has a thickness of 3 to: LOO / z m, preferably 3 to 50 / ⁇ ⁇ .
  • the polyimide resin layer has at least two layers of an initial polyimide resin layer (unmodified polyimide resin layer) and a modified layer.
  • the polyimide resin that forms the polyimide resin layer includes imide groups in the structure of polyamide imide, polybenzimidazole, polyimide ester, polyether imide, polysiloxane imide, etc., including so-called polyimide resin.
  • polyimide resin There is a heat-resistant rosin.
  • Commercially available polyimide resin or polyimide film can also be used suitably.
  • the method of the present invention is suitable for a polyimide resin layer having low adhesion and low thermal expansion.
  • a great effect is obtained.
  • it can be applied to a polyimide resin layer having a thermal coefficient of thermal expansion exceeding the above, and the adhesion is improved.
  • the polyimide resin used in the polyimide resin layer is preferably a polyimide resin having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2).
  • Ar shows the tetravalent aromatic group represented by Formula (3) or Formula (4)
  • Ar is Formula (5) or Formula (6)
  • R is independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or
  • An alkoxy group, X and Y independently represent a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a divalent group selected from 0, S, CO, SO, SO or CONH, and n represents Independently of 0-4
  • Q represents an integer
  • q represents the molar ratio of the constituent units, and ranges from 0.1 to 1.0.
  • the structural unit may exist in a homopolymer or as a structural unit of a copolymer. In the case of a copolymer having a plurality of structural units, it may be present as a block or randomly.
  • a polyimide resin that can be suitably used is a non-thermoplastic polyimide resin.
  • polyimide resin is generally produced by reacting diamine and acid dianhydride
  • a specific example of polyimide resin can be understood by explaining diamine and acid dianhydride.
  • Ar can be referred to as a residue of diamine, and Ar is a residue of acid dianhydride.
  • a preferable polyimide resin is explained by diamine and acid dianhydride.
  • it is not limited to the polyimide resin obtained by this method.
  • diamine examples include 4,4, -diaminodiphenyl ether, 2, -methoxy-4,4, -diaminobenzaldehyde, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis. (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 2,2, -bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol] propane, 2,2, -dimethyl-4,4, -diaminobiphenyl, 3,3, -dihydroxy -4,4, -Diaminobiphenyl, 4,4, -Diaminobe
  • Preferable examples include nusa-lid.
  • diamines include 2,2-bis- [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis- [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenol] hexafluor Lopropane, 4,4'-methylenedi-0-toluidine, 4,4'-methylenedi-2,6-xylidine, 4,4'-methylene-2,6-diethylaniline, 4,4, -diaminodiphenylpropane, 3,3, -diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4, -diaminodiphenylethane, 3,3, -diaminodiphenylethane, 4,4, -diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3, -diaminodiphenylmethane, 4, 4, -diaminodiphenylsulfide, 3,3, -diaminodiphenylsulfide, 4,4'-diamino
  • acid dianhydrides include pyromellitic anhydride, 3,3,, 4,4, -biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3, 4,4, _diphenylsulfone.
  • Preferred examples include tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 4,4, -oxydiphthalic anhydride.
  • Preferred examples include dianhydrides and bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dianhydrides.
  • acid dianhydrides include 1,2,7,8-, 1,2,6,7- or 1,2,9,10-phenanthrene-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3, 6,7-anthracenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) tetrafluoropropane dianhydride, 2,3,5,6-cyclohexane dianhydride 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride 4,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydronaphthalene-1,2,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,6- or 2,7-dichloro Naphthalene-1,4,5,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7- (or
  • Each of diamine and acid dianhydride may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • other diamines and acid dianhydrides not included in the general formula (1) can be used together with the above diamines or acid dianhydrides.
  • other diamines or acid dianhydrides may be used.
  • the proportion is 90 mol% or less, preferably be 50 mol 0/0 or less.
  • the method for producing the polyimide resin layer is not particularly limited.
  • a polyamide acid resin solution which is a precursor of polyimide resin, is applied on a substrate, dried, imidized, and then applied onto the substrate.
  • the method for applying the polyamic acid rosin solution onto the substrate is not particularly limited, and it can be applied with a coater such as a comma, die, knife, or lip.
  • drying and imidization methods are not particularly limited, and for example, a heat treatment is preferably employed when heating is performed at a temperature of 80 to 400 ° C for 1 to 60 minutes. By performing such heat treatment, dehydration and ring closure of the polyamic acid proceeds, so that a polyimide resin layer can be formed on the substrate.
  • the polyimide resin layer in which the polyimide resin layer is formed on the substrate may be used as it is or may be used after peeling off.
  • the polyimide resin layer may be formed of only a single layer or may be composed of a plurality of layers. In the case where a plurality of polyimide resin layers are used, other polyimide resins can be sequentially formed on a polyimide resin layer composed of different constituent components. When the polyimide resin layer has three or more layers, the same composition polyimide resin may be used twice or more. Simple layer structure Two layers or single layers, in particular single layers, can be obtained industrially advantageously. Also, the thickness of the polyimide layer is 3 to: LOO / z m preferably ⁇ 3 to 50! More preferably, it should be in the range of 5-30 m.
  • step a) a step of forming an alkali-treated layer by treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution (step a) And b) impregnating and drying a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali-treated layer.
  • step b) a step of forming an alkali-treated layer by treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution.
  • step b) impregnating and drying a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali-treated layer.
  • step b) a step (X @ c) of forming a modified imidized layer by imidizing the amino compound-containing layer is provided.
  • step I) includes the step a and the step b. Further, if necessary, step c is provided.
  • step II) a step of overlaying metal foil on the surface of the amino compound-containing layer or modified imido layer (both are called modified layers) and thermocompression bonding (step d), or e) containing the amino compound Forming a metal thin film layer on the surface of the layer or the modified imido layer (step e).
  • Step d is a step in which a metal foil is superposed on the surface of the amino compound-containing layer or the modified imido layer and thermocompression bonded.
  • the former is called process dl and the latter is called process d2.
  • step e is a step of forming a metal thin film layer on the surface of the amino compound-containing layer or the modified imidized layer.
  • the former is referred to as step el and the latter as step e2.
  • the surface of the first polyimide resin layer (P1) is treated with an alkali.
  • Steps a and b can be carried out in the same manner in any case. The same applies to the other processes c to e. Therefore, the process a, the process b, and the process c will be described as a representative method for forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer.
  • a layer on the surface side of the polyimide resin layer is treated with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali-treated layer.
  • an alkaline aqueous solution it is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide of 0.5 to 50 wt% and a liquid temperature of 5 to 80 ° C.
  • a dipping method, spray method or brush coating is preferred.
  • Etc. can be applied.
  • the immersion method it is effective to treat for 10 seconds to 60 minutes.
  • the treatment is performed for 30 seconds to 10 minutes with an alkaline aqueous solution of 1 to 30 wt% and a liquid temperature of 25 to 60 ° C.
  • the processing conditions can be changed as appropriate.
  • alkaline aqueous solution When the concentration is low, the surface treatment time of the polyimide resin layer becomes long. In addition, the processing time is shortened when the temperature of the alkaline aqueous solution increases.
  • the alkaline aqueous solution penetrates from the surface side of the polyimide resin layer, and the polyimide resin layer is alkali-treated. This alkali treatment reaction is considered to be mainly hydrolysis of imide bonds.
  • the thickness of the alkali-treated layer formed by the alkali treatment should be in the range of 1/200 to 1/2, preferably 1/100 to 1/5 of the polyimide resin layer thickness.
  • O ⁇ m preferably 0.05 to 2.
  • O ⁇ m more preferably 0.1 to 2.
  • O / zm force is good.
  • the viewpoint power of additional U is 0.005 to 0.1! ⁇
  • the thickness of the alkali-treated layer is outside the above range, sufficient adhesion strength between the polyimide resin layer and the metal layer is hardly exhibited. If the polyimide resin layer is a polyimide resin film, both sides may be modified at the same time.
  • a salt of an alkali metal and a carboxyl group at the end of the polyimide resin may be formed due to the alkaline aqueous solution. It is preferable to wash. Any aqueous acid solution can be used as long as it is acidic. In particular, an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution or an aqueous sulfuric acid solution is preferable. In addition, the concentration may be in the range of 0.5 to 50 wt%, but preferably in the range of 0.5 to 5 wt%. More preferably, the pH is 2 or less. Then, after washing with water, dry and use for step b.
  • step b the surface of the alkali-treated layer is impregnated with a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound and dried to form an aromatic amino compound-containing layer.
  • the amino compound include an aromatic amino compound, an aliphatic amino compound, a silane coupling agent having an amino group, diaminosiloxane, and a polyimide precursor resin.
  • the aromatic amino compound is preferably an aromatic amine having a primary or secondary amino group, and in particular, an aromatic amine having a primary amino group substituted with an aromatic ring. Good.
  • the number of amino groups is 1-5, preferably 1-3, more preferably 2.
  • the molecular weight of the aromatic amino compound is 90 to L000, preferably 100 to 600, and more preferably 110 to 500.
  • Examples of the aromatic amino compound include compounds having at least 1, preferably 1 to 10, and preferably 1 to 4 aromatic rings.
  • the aromatic ring is other than an amino group. It may or may not be substituted with the above substituent.
  • Aromatic rings include condensed rings such as a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring.
  • Compounds having a plurality of aromatic rings include Ar-X-Ar, Ar-Y-Ar-X-Ar-Y-Ar (where Ar is an aromatic group such as a benzene ring) in addition to biphenyl rings.
  • Amino group, X and Y are independently divalent groups such as CO, 0, S, SO, SO, CONH, CH)
  • substituent other than the amino group examples include branched or straight chain alkyl groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.), aromatic groups having 6 to 13 carbon atoms (for example, phenyl), an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, benzyl) and the like. Hydroxyl groups can also be used as aromatic ring substituents.
  • An example of a compound in which an aromatic ring is substituted with a hydroxyl group is aminophenol.
  • a condensed ring system having 10 to 20 carbon atoms can also be used as the aromatic amine group-containing compound of the present invention.
  • a fused ring system that can be used in the present invention is diaminonaphthalene.
  • aromatic amino compounds are shown below, but are not limited to these! /.
  • One or more aromatic amino compounds can be used.
  • the aliphatic amino compound is preferably an aliphatic amine having at least three primary amino groups as functional groups.
  • Such aliphatic amino compounds are preferably composed only of carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms and nitrogen atoms, and specific examples include tris (2-aminoethyl) amine.
  • silane coupling agent having an amino group examples include 3aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) 3aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- ( Aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N— (1,3 dimethylbutylidene) propylamine and N-phenol- It should be at least one selected for the ability of 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane. In particular, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane and 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane are preferred.
  • diaminosiloxane represented by the above general formula (1) is preferably used as the diaminosiloxane.
  • Specific examples include diaminosiloxanes represented by the following formula.
  • the average m number is in the range of 1 to 20, preferably in the range of 5 to 15. If it exceeds this range, the adhesiveness with the copper foil is lowered.
  • polyimide precursor resin a polyimide precursor resin having a structural unit represented by the general formula (7) is preferable.
  • Ar is a divalent compound represented by the formula (8) or the formula (9).
  • Ar represents a tetravalent aromatic group represented by formula (10) or formula (11), and R represents
  • V and W independently represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group or alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • V and W are independently a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, 0, S, CO, From SO or CONH
  • M represents independently an integer of 0 to 4, and p represents the mole of the structural unit. Indicates a range of 0.1 to 1.0
  • the structural unit may be present in the homopolymer or as a structural unit of the copolymer. In the case of a copolymer having a plurality of structural units, it may be present as a block or randomly.
  • Ar can be a residue of diamine, and Ar is an acid dianhydride.
  • a preferable polyimide resin is explained by diamine and acid dianhydride.
  • it is not limited to the polyimide precursor resin obtained by this method.
  • diamine examples include 4,4, -diaminodiphenyl ether, 2, -methoxy-4,4, -diaminobenzalide, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis. (4-Aminophenoxy) benzene, 2,2 bis [4- (4-Aminophenoxy) phenol] propane, 2,2 Dimethinole-4,4, -Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3, -Dihydroxy-4,4 , -Diaminobiphenyl, 4,4, -Diaminobenza-lide and the like.
  • the diamines mentioned in the description of the polyimide resin can be mentioned.
  • Examples of acid dianhydrides include pyromellitic anhydride, 3,3,, 4,4, -biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3, 4,4, _diphenylsulfone. Examples thereof include tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 4,4, -oxydiphthalic anhydride.
  • the acid dianhydrides mentioned in the description of the polyimide resin can be used.
  • each of diamine and acid dianhydride may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • diamine and acid dianhydride other than those described above can be used in combination.
  • the polyimide precursor resin is selected from the types of diamine and acid dianhydride, and when two or more diamines or acid dianhydrides are used, the molar ratio of each is selected. Can be obtained by reaction in an organic solvent, for example, at a temperature of 20-60 ° C.
  • diamine is used under an excess condition relative to the acid dianhydride or under a condition in which the end of the polyimide precursor resin is an amino group.
  • the ratio of the amount of diamine and acid dianhydride used should be more than 1.0 as diamine Z acid dianhydride (molar ratio), preferably 1.001 to 10.0, more preferably 1.1 to 5.0. Particularly preferably, it is 1.5 to 3.0.
  • the polyimide precursor resin may be an oligomer having a weight average molecular weight of 500 to 20,000, preferably 2,000 to 10,000, more preferably 3,000 to 6,000.
  • a low molecular weight type polyimide precursor resin By applying such a low molecular weight type polyimide precursor resin, it is possible to facilitate the impregnation of the polyimide precursor resin into the alkali-treated layer and change most of the alkali-treated layer into a modified imidized layer. it can. Furthermore, the thickness of the entire polyimide resin layer can be made almost unchanged before and after the surface treatment of the polyimide resin layer (before step a and after step c).
  • an aromatic amino compound, an aliphatic amino compound, a silane coupling agent having an amino group, diaminosiloxane, and a polyimide precursor resin are selected. Two or more types can be used.
  • These amino compounds are used as a solution in a polar solvent.
  • the polar solvent is not particularly limited as long as it dissolves the amino compound.
  • polar solvents suitable for aromatic amino compounds, aliphatic amino compounds, silane coupling agents having amino groups, diaminosiloxanes and polyimide precursor resins include water or methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol.
  • Alcohols such as acetone, ketones such as acetone, dimethyl ketone and methyl ethyl ketone, ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, tertiary amines such as N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide and dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, etc.
  • ketones such as acetone, dimethyl ketone and methyl ethyl ketone
  • ethers such as tetrahydrofuran
  • tertiary amines such as N-methylpyrrolidone
  • dimethylacetamide and dimethylformamide dimethylsulfoxide, etc.
  • Polar solvents suitable for diaminosiloxane include alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, N, N dimethylformamide, N, N decylformamide, N, N dimethylacetamide, N, Amide solvents such as N jetylacetamide, N, N jetylacetamide, N, N dimethylmethoxyacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methyl 2-pyrrolidone, tetrahydrofuran, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol jetyl ether, dioxane And ether solvents such as solvents, ketone solvents such as acetone, MEK, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, and 7-pentalatataton, and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene. These may be used alone or as a mixture of several kinds. They may be mixed with water. Preferably, it is methanol.
  • the concentration of the polar solvent solution containing these amino compounds is 0.0001 to 1M (0.0001 to 1 monolayer / L), preferably 0.0015 to 0.1M, as the concentration of the amino compound. More preferably, it is in the range of 0.005 to 0.1 mm, more preferably in the range of 0.0005 to 0.01 M.
  • the concentration of the polar solvent solution containing the polyimide precursor resin is preferably in the above range as a concentration in terms of diamine component. From another point of view, the concentration of the polar solvent solution containing the amino compound, particularly the concentration of the silane coupling agent or diaminosiloxane solution is 0.1 to 5 wt%, preferably 0.5 to Lwt%. It is good.
  • the amino compound solution is not only impregnated into the alkali-treated layer, but the amount adhering to the surface of the modified layer is increased, so that a high concentration is not desirable.
  • the impregnation method is not particularly limited as long as it can be brought into contact with a solution of a polar solvent containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treatment layer, and a known method can be used.
  • a known method can be used.
  • Example for example, an immersion method, a spray method, a brush coating method, a printing method, or the like can be used.
  • Temperature is
  • the room temperature may be 0 to 100 ° C, preferably 10 to 40 ° C.
  • the impregnation time is effectively 30 seconds to 1 hour, preferably 1 to 15 minutes.
  • drying After impregnation, dry.
  • the drying method is not particularly limited, and natural drying, spray drying with an air gun, drying with an oven, or the like can be used.
  • the drying conditions depend on the type of polar solvent, but are 10 to 150 ° C for 5 seconds to 60 minutes, preferably 25 to 150 ° C for 10 seconds to 30 minutes, more preferably 30 to 120 ° C, 1 Min to 10 min.
  • a solution of a polar solvent containing an amino compound penetrates into the alkali treatment layer surface force to form an amino compound-containing layer.
  • the permeation thickness that is, the thickness of the amino compound-containing layer should be 1/10 to 1.5 times, preferably 1/2 to 1.2 times, more preferably 0.8 to 1.2 times the thickness of the alkali treatment layer. Good.
  • the polyimide resin layer obtained by drying becomes a surface-treated polyimide resin layer having a modified layer whose surface is modified and adhesion is improved.
  • the surface-treated polyimide resin layer in which the surface of the polyimide resin layer is modified in step a and step b has excellent adhesion, it is used for adhesion to metal foil, resin film, other polyimide resin layers, etc. Suitable for.
  • the amino compound-containing layer is imidized by imidization to form a modified imidized layer.
  • This modified imidized layer is also excellent in adhesiveness, and thus has a metal foil, a resin film, and the like. Suitable for bonding with polyimide resin layer.
  • step c in addition to step a and step b.
  • the amino compound-containing layer is imidized to form a modified imidized layer.
  • the imidization can be performed either by imidization by heating or by chemical imidization using a catalyst, and is not limited. For example, when imidization by heating is performed, 100 to 400 ° C, preferably In the case where imidization is not sufficient to perform complete imidization at a temperature of 150 to 400 ° C, a chemical imidization with a catalyst may be used in combination. In this imidization treatment, it is considered that the reaction in which the amino compound reacts with the terminal carboxyl group present in the polyimide resin layer, particularly the alkali treatment layer, causes imidization.
  • step a polyimide resin having a low molecular weight and increased terminal carboxyl groups in step a is added to step c.
  • the terminal is imidized and stabilized in a low molecular weight state, and as a result, the adhesion of the polyimide resin layer is considered to be improved.
  • the thickness of the alkali-treated layer in step a is preferably in the range of 0.005-3. O / zm. .
  • the amino compound used in step b is preferably an aromatic amine having a primary or secondary amino group.
  • the polyimide resin layer may be a polyimide resin layer that forms the surface layer of the laminate, or it may be a polyimide or resin layer that forms the surface layer of the polyimide resin film. Good.
  • the method for producing a metal-clad laminate includes a step I) of forming a modified layer and a step of providing a metal layer on the modified layer formed in step I).
  • Step a and step b or step a, step b and step c in step I) can be performed in the same manner as in the method for forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer.
  • the surface-treated polyimide resin layer obtained by this method is subjected to step II).
  • Step i) is a step of providing a metal layer on the modified layer formed in step I).
  • a method for providing the metal layer there is a method in which a metal foil is superposed on the surface of the modified layer and thermocompression bonded (step d), or a method of forming a metal thin film layer (step e).
  • the modified layer formed in step I) has the force of the modified layer obtained in step b and the modified layer obtained in step c. The same can be done for the modified layer.
  • the metal constituting the metal layer include iron, nickel, beryllium, aluminum, zinc, indium, silver, gold, tin, zirconium, stainless steel, tantalum, titanium, copper, lead, magnesium, manganese, and alloy foils thereof. Among these, copper, copper alloy, or stainless steel is suitable.
  • the thickness of the metal layer is in the range of 0.001 to 50111, preferably 0.1 to 30 / ⁇ ⁇ .
  • the method of thermocompression bonding is not particularly limited, and a known method can be adopted as appropriate.
  • the method of laminating the metal foil include a normal hide mouth press, a vacuum type hide mouth press, an autoclave pressurizing vacuum press, and a continuous thermal laminator.
  • sufficient press pressure can be obtained and the remaining It is preferable to use a vacuum-hide-mouth press and a continuous thermal laminator from the viewpoint that the volatile components can be easily removed, and further, the oxidation of the metal foil can be prevented.
  • thermocompression bonding it is preferable to press the metal foil while heating in the range of 150 to 450 ° C. More preferably, it is in the range of 150 to 400 ° C. More preferably, it is within the range of 150 to 380 ° C. From another point of view, the temperature is preferably equal to or higher than the glass transition temperature of the polyimide resin layer or the modified imidized layer.
  • the press pressure a force that depends on the type of press equipment used is usually about 1-50 MPa.
  • metal foil iron foil, nickel foil, beryllium foil, aluminum foil, zinc foil, indium foil, silver foil, gold foil, tin foil, zirconium foil, stainless steel foil, tantalum foil, titanium foil, copper foil, lead
  • the foil include magnesium foil, manganese foil, and alloy foils thereof.
  • copper foil (including copper alloy foil) or stainless steel foil is suitable.
  • the copper foil here means copper or a copper alloy foil containing copper as a main component.
  • Preferred is a copper foil having a copper content of 90% by mass or more, particularly preferably 95% by mass or more.
  • the metal contained in the copper foil include chromium, zirconium, nickel, silicon, zinc, and beryllium. An alloy foil containing two or more of these metals may also be used.
  • the material of the stainless steel foil is not limited, but a stainless steel foil such as SUS304 is preferable.
  • the metal foil may be treated with a silane coupling agent on the surface on which the polyimide resin layer is laminated.
  • a silane coupling agent having a functional group such as an amino group or a mercapto group is preferred, and a silane coupling agent having an amino group is more preferred.
  • 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) ⁇
  • 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane
  • N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminominomethyldimethoxysilane examples include 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) ⁇
  • 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-a
  • 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-amino Nopropyltrimethoxysilane is preferred.
  • the silane coupling agent is used as a solution in a polar solvent.
  • a polar solvent water or a polar organic solvent containing water is suitable.
  • the polar organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is a polar liquid having an affinity for water. Examples of such polar organic solvents include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, and the like.
  • Silane coupling agent solution ⁇ Also, 0.01 to 5 weight 0/0, preferably ⁇ or 0.1 to 2.0 wt 0/0, more preferably ⁇ or 0.5 to 1.0 wt% concentration solution of Good.
  • the silane coupling agent treatment is not particularly limited as long as it is a method in which a solution of a polar solvent containing a silane coupling agent comes into contact with the silane coupling agent, and a known method can be used.
  • a known method can be used.
  • the temperature may be 0 to: LOO ° C, preferably 10 to 40 ° C.
  • it is effective to treat the immersion time for 10 seconds to 1 hour, preferably 30 seconds to 15 minutes.
  • Dry after treatment is not particularly limited, and natural drying, spray drying with an air gun, oven drying, or the like can be used.
  • the drying conditions depend on the type of polar solvent, but are 10 to 150 ° C for 5 seconds to 60 minutes, preferably 25 to 150 ° C for 10 seconds to 30 minutes, more preferably 30 to 120 ° C. 1 to 10 minutes.
  • the metal foil is a copper foil
  • the preferred thickness of the copper foil when used in this application is in the range of 3-50 / ⁇ ⁇ , more preferably in the range of 5-30 ⁇ m.
  • Thin copper foil is preferably used for the laminate, and in this case, a range of 5 to 20 m is suitable.
  • the present invention is particularly suitable when a copper foil having a low surface roughness is used because excellent adhesion to the resin layer can be obtained even if a copper foil having a low surface roughness is used.
  • the preferred surface roughness of the copper foil is 10-point average roughness in the range of 0.1 to 3 / ⁇ ⁇ . In particular, for copper foils used in applications where fine pitch is required, a 10-point average roughness of 0.1 to 1.0 m is suitable for the surface roughness.
  • the metal foil is a stainless steel foil
  • HDD suspension mounted on a hard disk drive.
  • the preferred thickness of the stainless steel foil when used as 10 is: the range of LOO m is more preferable, the range of 15 to 70 ⁇ m is more preferable, and the range of 15 to 50 ⁇ m is more preferable.
  • the laminate obtained by the method for producing a metal-clad laminate of the present invention is a laminate having a metal foil on one or both sides of a polyimide resin layer.
  • a laminate having a metal foil on one side is obtained by laminating a metal foil on a surface-treated polyimide resin layer obtained by the surface treatment method of the present invention.
  • the surface-treated polyimide resin layer is laminated on a substrate such as glass or a resin film, it is made a laminate and then peeled off from the substrate if necessary.
  • a double-sided metal-clad laminate can be obtained by laminating the metal foil on the polyimide resin layer side.
  • the metal-clad laminate having metal foil on both sides is obtained by laminating metal foil on both surfaces of the surface-treated polyimide resin layer. It is possible. Furthermore, after manufacturing a single-sided metal-clad laminate having a metal foil on one side, surface treatment of the polyimide resin layer was performed on at least one single-sided metal-clad laminate, and then two single-sided metal-clad laminates It can also be produced by a method in which the polyimide layers are stacked and thermocompression bonded.
  • the thickness of the alkali-treated layer in step a is preferably in the range of 0.005 to 3.0 m.
  • the amino compound used in step b is preferably an aromatic amine having a primary or secondary amino group. An aliphatic amine having at least three primary amino groups as functional groups is preferred. A silane coupling agent having an amino group is preferred. Further, diaminosiloxane is preferred. Moreover, a polyimide precursor resin is preferable.
  • Step a and step b are carried out as described above, and then attached to step e.
  • this method for producing a metal-clad laminate it is preferable to include step c in addition to step a and step b. That is, when the step c is provided, a step e (step) of forming a metal thin film layer on the surface of the modified imido layer in the step c is provided.
  • the thickness of the alkali-treated layer in step a is 0.
  • a range of 005-3.0 m is preferred.
  • an aromatic amine having a primary or secondary amino group is preferable.
  • An aliphatic amine having at least three primary amino groups as functional groups is preferred.
  • a silane coupling agent having an amino group is preferred.
  • diaminosiloxane is preferred.
  • a polyimide precursor resin is preferred.
  • the method for forming the metal thin film layer is not particularly limited.
  • a vacuum evaporation method, a sputtering method, an electron beam evaporation method, an ion plating method and the like can be used.
  • This sputtering method includes various methods such as DC sputtering, RF sputtering, DC magnetron sputtering, RF magnetron sputtering, EC sputtering, and laser beam sputtering, but is not particularly limited and can be appropriately employed.
  • the conditions for forming the metal thin film layer by Supattari ring method for example, argon gas was used as Supattaga scan, the pressure is preferably 1 X 10_ 2 ⁇ : LPa, more preferably an 5 X 10 _2 ⁇ 5 X 10- is Yo, how to do, the sputtering power density is preferably L ⁇ 100Wcm _2, more preferably l ⁇ 50Wc m_ 2 conditions.
  • the metal thin film is preferably formed using copper as the thin film layer.
  • the base metal thin film layer which improves adhesiveness more may be provided in a surface treatment polyimide resin layer, and a copper thin film layer may be provided on it.
  • the base metal thin film layer include nickel, chromium, and an alloy layer thereof.
  • the thickness thereof is 1/2 or less, preferably 1/5 or less of the thickness of the copper thin film layer, and is preferably about 1 to 50 nm. It is preferable to form the underlying metal thin film layer by sputtering.
  • Copper to be used may be alloy copper partially containing other metals.
  • the copper or copper alloy formed by the sputtering method preferably has a copper content of 90% by mass or more, particularly preferably 95% by mass or more.
  • the metal that copper can contain include chromium, zirconium, nickel, silicon, zinc, and beryllium. Also, it may be a copper alloy thin film containing two or more of these metals.
  • the thickness of the copper thin film layer formed in step e is 0.001 to 1.
  • the range is preferably in the range of O 2 / zm, preferably 0.01 to 0. 0, more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 m, and still more preferably 0.1 to 0.5 / zm.
  • the copper thin film layer may be thickened by electroless plating or electrolytic plating.
  • the first polyimide resin layer (P1) is subjected to step a.
  • the second polyimide resin layer (P2) is subjected to steps a and b.
  • step a and step b can be performed in the same manner as step a and step b described above.
  • Step d3 can be performed in the same manner as step d above.
  • the first polyimide resin layer is referred to as a polyimide resin layer (P1)
  • the second polyimide resin layer is referred to as a polyimide resin layer (P2).
  • the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) may be the same or different. That is, it may be the same or different in the type of polyimide resin, the laminated structure of the polyimide resin layer, the presence or absence of a substrate, and the like.
  • the polyimide resin layer (P1) or the polyimide resin layer (P2) is simple to produce as a single layer, but may be composed of a plurality of layers.
  • the adhesiveness is determined by the polyimide resin layer of the surface layer. Therefore, the explanation relating to the improvement of the adhesiveness or the surface treatment is understood as mainly the description of the polyimide resin layer of the surface layer.
  • the first polyimide resin layer (P1) is subjected to Step a, and the second polyimide resin layer (P1) is subjected to Step a and Step b. Then, it attaches
  • step d3 the amino compound treatment layer surface of the polyimide resin layer (P2) is superimposed on the alkali treatment layer surface of the polyimide resin layer (P1) (the alkali treatment layer surface and the amino compound treatment layer surface are referred to as the surface treatment layer surface). Combine and thermocompression bond.
  • the surface treatment layer surface may be double-sided or single-sided. If the surface treatment layer surface is a double-sided surface, it can be laminated in three or more layers.
  • thermocompression bonding is not particularly limited, and a method similar to step d described in the method for producing a metal-clad laminate may be employed. Thermocompression bonding force Then, by this thermocompression bonding, the amino compound-containing layer forms a modified imidized layer for the second polyimide resin layer (P2) subjected to steps a and b. Thereby, the adhesive strength is further improved.
  • both the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) do not have a metal foil, a laminate of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) is obtained. .
  • one or more of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) has a substrate such as a film, the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide having the substrate on one side or both sides A laminate of the resin layer (P2) is obtained. This substrate can be peeled off if necessary.
  • the properties of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) are different, it is possible to have the good physical properties of each.
  • one or more layers of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) can be multilayered to form a laminate of three or more layers.
  • a laminate suitable for a printed wiring board can be obtained by thermocompression bonding a metal foil to one or both sides of a laminate having a polyimide resin layer on the surface.
  • a single-sided metal-clad laminate can be obtained by this hot pressing. Also in this case, when the physical properties of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) are different, it is possible to have good physical properties of each. Furthermore, a double-sided metal-clad laminate can be obtained by heat-bonding a metal foil to the polyimide resin layer surface of the single-sided metal-clad laminate.
  • the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) have a metal foil on one side of the polyimide resin layer, a double-sided metal-clad laminate can be obtained by thermocompression bonding. Also in this case, when the physical properties of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) are different, they can have good physical properties.
  • Two-sided metal-clad laminates with metal foil on one side of the polyimide resin layer are laminated and bonded together to produce a double-sided metal-clad laminate with metal foils on both sides of the polyimide resin layer.
  • A) For the first single-sided metal-clad laminate the layer on the surface side of the polyimide resin layer (P1) is subjected to step a.
  • B) The second single-sided metal-clad laminate is attached to step a and step b.
  • step a, step b, and step d3 can be performed as described above.
  • Step a performed on the first single-sided metal-clad laminate
  • B Steps a and b performed on the second single-sided metal-clad laminate
  • C First Step d3 is a step of thermocompression bonding the single-sided metal-clad laminate and the second single-sided metal-clad laminate.
  • D3 is a polyimide resin layer of a single-sided metal-clad laminate with a metal foil on one side. Except for step A), step B) and step C), or step a, step b and step d3 described in the method for adhering a polyimide resin layer of the present invention, Can do.
  • metal foil iron foil, nickel foil, beryllium foil, aluminum foil, zinc foil, indium foil, silver foil, gold foil, tin foil, zirconium foil, stainless steel foil, tantalum foil, titanium foil, copper foil, lead
  • the foil include magnesium foil, manganese foil, and alloy foils thereof. Of these, copper foil, copper alloy, or stainless steel foil is suitable.
  • the metal foil is a copper foil, there is a case where the metal foil is used for a flexible substrate.
  • the preferred thickness of the copper foil when used for this purpose is in the range of 3 to 50 m, more preferably in the range of 5 to 30 ⁇ m, but it is used in applications where fine pitch is required.
  • Thin copper foil (including copper alloy foil) is preferably used for the double-sided copper clad laminate, and in this case, a range of 5 to 20 m is suitable.
  • the metal foil is stainless steel foil is used for a suspension (hereinafter referred to as HDD suspension) mounted on a hard disk drive.
  • the preferred thickness of the stainless steel foil when used for this purpose is in the range of 10 to: LOO m, more preferably in the range of 15 to 70 ⁇ m, and even more preferably in the range of 15 to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the adhesive strength was measured by measuring a 180 mm, 10 mm peel strength at room temperature for a sample cut into a strip shape having a width of 10 mm using a Tensilon tester (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisakusho).
  • a criterion for determining the adhesive strength a case where the adhesive strength was 0.4 kN / m or more was accepted, and a case where it was less than 0.4 kN / m was rejected. Also, the case where the adhesive strength is 0.4 kN / m or more and less than 0.6 kN / m is good, and the case where the adhesive strength is 0.6 kN / m or more is good.
  • RSA viscoelasticity analyzer
  • thermomechanical analyzer (Seiko Instruments Inc.), raise the temperature to 250 ° C, hold it at that temperature for 10 minutes, then cool it at a rate of 5 ° CZ.
  • the cross section of the sample was observed using a scanning transmission electron microscope (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) to confirm the thickness of the modified layer.
  • DAPE 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether
  • DABA 4,4'—Gaminobensanilide
  • EDA Ethylenediamine ETA: ethanolamine
  • PSX-Me diaminosiloxane represented by the following formula (12) (however, the average m-number is in the range of 1-20 and the average molecular weight is 740)
  • PSX-Ph diaminosiloxane represented by the following formula (13) (however, the total number of j and n is in the range of 2 to 20, j and n are both 1 or more, and the average molecular weight is 1, 320.)
  • Kapton EN Toray 'DuPont, 100mm X 100mm X 25m, coefficient of linear thermal expansion 16 X I
  • This polyamic acid resin solution was applied to a stainless steel substrate, dried at 130 ° C for 5 minutes, heated to 360 ° C over 15 minutes to complete imidization, and laminated on the stainless steel substrate.
  • a polyimide film 1 was obtained.
  • This polyimide film 1 was peeled off from the stainless steel substrate.
  • the obtained film 1 had a coefficient of thermal expansion of 21 X 10 ⁇ 6 / K, and the polyimide layer had a thickness of 25 ⁇ m.
  • the weight-average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor resin contained in the polyimide precursor resin solution is HLC-8220GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, and TSK-GEL SUPER HM-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation is 4 Measurements were made using this connected column.
  • a calibration curve for determining the weight average molecular weight was prepared using polystyrene as a standard substance. Unfolding As a medium, a solution in which lithium bromide and phosphoric acid were mixed with ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylacetamide so as to be 0.03 mol / L each was used.
  • a silane coupling agent solution was prepared by mixing 5 g of 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 500 g of methanol and 2.5 g of water and stirring for 2 hours.
  • Stainless steel foil 1 (Shin Nippon Steel Co., Ltd. SUS304 H-TA, thickness 20 ⁇ m, surface roughness on the resin layer side: 10-point average roughness RzO. 8 m) previously washed with water is a silane coupling agent solution. After dipping in (liquid temperature of about 20 ° C) for 30 seconds, the liquid was once pulled up into the atmosphere and the excess liquid was dropped. Then, it was dried by blowing compressed air for about 15 seconds. Thereafter, a heat treatment was performed at 110 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a silane coupling agent-treated stainless steel foil 2.
  • the surface-treated polyimide film al was obtained by thoroughly washing with ion-exchanged water, spraying with compressed air and drying. The thickness of the alkali-treated layer on one side of this surface-treated polyimide film al was 0.70 m.
  • the film was immersed in a methanol solution (25 ° C) of 0.005 M concentration of BAPP for 30 seconds, and then dried by blowing compressed air to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film bl.
  • This film was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 3 minutes to produce a surface-treated polyimide film cl.
  • the thickness of the modified imidized layer on one side of the surface-treated polyimide film cl was 0.65 ⁇ m.
  • the bond strength between the polyimide film and copper foil was 1. OkNZm.
  • Example 2 The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that a 0.005 M DAPE methanol solution (25 ° C) was immersed for 5 minutes in place of the 0.005 M BAPP methanol solution in Example 1.
  • the thickness of the modified imido layer on one side of the surface-treated polyimide film c2 is 0.52 / zm.
  • Example 3 Surface-treated polyimide films a3, b3, and c3 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the immersion was performed in a methanol solution of 0.0005M BAPP in Example 1 for 5 minutes instead of 30 seconds.
  • Example 2 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that a 0.005 M BAPP methanol solution in Example 1 was immersed for 30 seconds in place of a 0.001 M HAB methanol solution (25 ° C) in 5 minutes, Surface-treated polyimide films a4, b4 and c4 and double-sided copper-clad laminate f4 were prepared.
  • Example 2 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the 0.005M BAPP methanol solution in Example 1 was immersed for 30 seconds in a methanol solution of 0.001M TAPM (25 ° C) for 30 seconds, Surface-treated polyimide films a5, b5 and c5 and double-sided copper-clad laminate f5 were prepared.
  • Example 2 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that 0.005 M TAEA methanol solution (25 ° C) was immersed for 1 minute instead of 30 seconds immersion in 0.005 M BAPP methanol solution in Example 1, the surface Treated polyimide films a6, b6 and c6 and double-sided copper-clad laminate 16 were produced.
  • polyimide film (Iupilex 25S) in 30 minutes
  • Surface-treated polyimide films a7, b7 and c7 and double-sided copper-clad laminate 17 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the immersion was performed.
  • the thickness of the alkali-treated layer on one side of the surface-treated polyimide film a7 was 0.56.
  • the polyimide film is immersed in a 5N aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (50 ° C) instead of being immersed in 50 ° C for 5 minutes.
  • a polyimide film (Kapton EN) was sandwiched between copper foils 1 and heat-pressed with a high-performance high-temperature vacuum press at 370 ° C, 20 MPa for 1 minute to produce a double-sided copper-clad laminate.
  • the adhesive strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil was 0. lkNZm.
  • Polyimide film (Kapton EN) in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution (50 ° C) for 5 minutes After soaking, thoroughly rinse the polyimide film soaked in ion-exchanged water, soak in lwt% aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (25 ° C) for 5 minutes, thoroughly rinsed with ion-exchanged water, blow with compressed air and dry. A surface-treated polyimide film was produced. This film was sandwiched between copper foils 1 and hot pressed under the same conditions as in Example 1 to produce a double-sided copper-clad laminate.
  • a polyimide film (Kapton EN) was immersed in a 0.005M BAPP methanol solution (25 ° C) for 5 minutes, and then dried by blowing compressed air to produce a surface-treated polyimide film.
  • This polyimide film was sandwiched between copper foils 1 and hot pressed under the same conditions as in Example 1 to produce a double-sided copper-clad laminate.
  • the adhesive strength indicates the adhesive strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil.
  • the heat treatment of Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 3 to 4 is 300 ° C. for 3 minutes, and Comparative Examples 1 to 2 and 5 are not heat-treated.
  • the metal layer is formed by thermocompression bonding in all examples.
  • This film was heat-dried at 110 ° C for 30 minutes, then sandwiched between copper foils 1, and then hot-pressed at 370 ° C, 20 MPa for 1 minute with a high-performance high-temperature vacuum press machine. Was made.
  • the adhesive strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil was 0.4 kNZm.
  • a polyimide film (Kapton EN) was immersed in a 0.5 wt% APES aqueous solution for 30 seconds, dried by blowing compressed air, and dried by heating at 110 ° C for 30 minutes.
  • a double-sided copper-clad laminate was produced from this polyimide film in the same manner as in Example 1, but the treated layer was consolidated and could not be bonded. The above conditions and results are summarized in Table 2.
  • This film was sandwiched between copper foils 1 and heat-pressed with a high-performance high-temperature vacuum press at 370 ° C, 20 MPa for 1 minute to produce a double-sided copper clad laminate fl5.
  • the bond strength between the polyimide film and copper foil was 1. lkNZm.
  • polyimide film is immersed in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution (50 ° C) instead of 5 minutes immersion at 50 ° C in polyimide film (Upilex 25S)
  • 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution 50 ° C
  • polyimide film Upilex 25S
  • a surface-treated polyimide film al6, bl6 and cl6 and a double-sided copper-clad laminate fl6 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 15 except that the film was immersed for 30 minutes.
  • the polyimide film (Abical NPI) is 10
  • a surface-treated polyimide film al7, bl7 and cl7 and a double-sided copper-clad laminate fl7 were produced in the same manner as in Example 15 except that the immersion was carried out.
  • the thickness of the modified layer on one side of the surface-treated polyimide film al7 was 0.73 / zm.
  • the polyimide film (film of Reference Example 1)
  • Surface-treated polyimide films al8, bl8 and cl8 and double-sided copper clad laminate fl8 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 15 except that 1) was immersed for 5 minutes.
  • the polyimide film (film of Reference Example 2)
  • Surface-treated polyimide films al9, bl9 and cl9 and double-sided copper clad laminate fl9 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 15 except that 2) was immersed for 5 minutes.
  • the heat treatment of Examples 15 to 19 and Comparative Example 7 is 300 ° C. for 3 minutes, and Comparative Example 8 is not subjected to heat treatment.
  • the metal layer is formed by thermocompression bonding in all examples.
  • the surface-treated polyimide film a20 was obtained by thoroughly washing with ion-exchanged water, spraying with compressed air, and drying. This film was immersed in a 0.5 wt% PS X-Ph methanol solution (25 ° C.) for 30 seconds, and then dried by blowing compressed air to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film b20.
  • This film is heat-dried at 110 ° C for 30 minutes, then sandwiched between copper foils 1, and then hot-pressed at 370 ° C, 20MPa for 1 minute with a high-performance high-temperature vacuum press. Plate d 20 was produced.
  • the adhesive strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil was 0.4 kNZm.
  • Example 20 instead of dipping in 0.5 wt% PSX-Ph methanol solution in Example 20 for 30 seconds Surface treated polyimide films a21 and b21 and double-sided copper-clad laminate d21 were prepared in the same manner as Example 20 except that it was immersed in a methanol solution (25 ° C) of 0.5 wt% PSX-Me for 30 seconds. did.
  • the polyimide film (Kapton EN) was dipped in 0.5 wt% PSX-Ph methanol solution (25 ° C) for 30 seconds, dried by blowing compressed air, and heated and dried at 110 ° C for 30 minutes.
  • a double-sided copper-clad laminate was produced from this polyimide film in the same manner as in Example 1, but the treated layer was fixed and could not be bonded.
  • Table 4 summarizes the above conditions and results.
  • the heat treatment is 110 ° C for 30 minutes.
  • the metal layer is formed by thermocompression bonding in all examples.
  • this film After heat-treating this film at 110 ° C for 30 minutes, it was set in an RF magnetron sputtering device (ANEL VA; SPF-332HS) so that a metal raw material was formed on this film, and the inside of the tank was 3 X 10 After reducing the pressure to _4 Pa, argon gas was introduced and the degree of vacuum was set to 2 ⁇ 10 _1 Pa, and plasma was generated by an RF power source.
  • Neckel: Chrome alloy layer [ratio 8: 2, 99.9 wt%, hereinafter, a nichrome layer (first sputtering layer la)] was formed on a polyimide film so as to have a film thickness of 30 nm. After forming the nichrome layer, 0.2 m of copper (99.99 wt%) was further formed on the -chrome layer by sputtering in the same atmosphere to obtain a second sputtering layer lb.
  • a copper plating layer (plating layer lc) having a thickness of 8 ⁇ m was formed in an electrolytic plating bath using the copper sputtered film (second sputtering layer lb) as an electrode.
  • an electrolytic bath use a copper sulfate bath (copper sulfate 100 g / L, sulfuric acid 220 g / L, chlorine 40 mg / L, anode is phosphorus-containing copper), and a plating film with a current density of 2. OA / dm 2 Formed. After plating, it was washed with sufficient distilled water and dried.
  • a metal-clad laminate e22 composed of a polyimide film, a chrome layer, a laZ copper sputter layer, a lbZ electrolytic plating copper layer, lc, was obtained.
  • the adhesive strength between the polyimide film and copper was 0.4 kNZm.
  • the immersed polyimide film was washed thoroughly with ion-exchanged water, and lw t% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution ( After immersing in 25 ° C. for 5 minutes, the surface-treated polyimide film a23 was obtained by thoroughly washing with ion-exchanged water and spraying and drying with compressed air. The thickness of the alkali-treated layer on one side of this surface-treated film a23 was 0.02 m.
  • This film was immersed in a methanol solution (25 ° C) of B0001 having a concentration of 0.0001 M for 5 minutes, and then dried by blowing compressed air to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film b23.
  • This film was heat-treated at 300 ° C for 3 minutes to produce a surface-treated polyimide film c23.
  • the thickness of the modified imidized layer on one surface of the surface-treated polyimide film c23 was about 0.02 ⁇ m.
  • Set the RF magnetron sputtering device (ANELVA; SPF-332HS) so that the metal raw material is deposited on this film, depressurize the tank to 3 X 10 _4 Pa, and then introduce argon gas to reduce the degree of vacuum.
  • Plasma was generated by RF power supply at 2 X 10_1 Pa.
  • a nickel: chromium alloy layer [ratio 8: 2, 99.9 wt%, hereinafter referred to as a nichrome layer (first sputtering layer 2a)] was formed on a polyimide film so as to have a film thickness of 30 nm.
  • 0.2 ⁇ m of copper (99.99 wt%) was further formed on the -chrome layer by sputtering to obtain a second sputtering layer 2b.
  • a copper plating layer (plating layer 2c) having a thickness of 8 IX m was formed in an electrolytic plating bath using the sputtered film (second sputtering layer 2b) as an electrode.
  • an electrolytic bath use a copper sulfate bath (copper sulfate 100 g / L, sulfuric acid 220 g / L, chlorine 40 mg / L, anode is phosphorous copper), plating at current density 2.
  • OA / dm 2 A film was formed. After plating, it was washed with enough distilled water and dried.
  • Example 23 instead of immersing in 0.001 M BAPP methanol solution in Example 23 for 5 minutes instead of immersing in 0.001 M DABA methanol solution (25 ° C) for 5 minutes, the same procedure as in Example 23 was performed. Surface-treated polyimide films a26 b26 and c26 and metal-clad laminate g26 were produced.
  • a copper plating layer (plating layer 6c) having a thickness of 8 / zm was formed in an electrolytic plating bath using the sputtered film (second sputtering layer 6b) as an electrode.
  • an electrolytic bath use a copper sulfate bath (copper sulfate 100 g / L, sulfuric acid 220 g / L, chlorine 40 mg / L, anode is phosphorous copper), plating at current density 2.
  • OA / dm 2 A film was formed. After plating, it was washed with enough distilled water and dried.
  • a metal-clad laminate composed of a polyimide film, a chromium layer, 6aZ copper sputtered layer, 6bZ electrolytically plated copper layer, 6c was obtained.
  • the adhesion strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil was less than 0.1 lkNZm.
  • a nickel: chromium alloy layer [ratio 8: 299.99 wt%, hereinafter, a nichrome layer (first sputtering layer 7a)] was formed on a polyimide film to a film thickness of 30.
  • a second sputtering layer 7b was obtained by depositing 0.2 ⁇ m of copper (99.99 wt%) on the -chrome layer by sputtering in the same atmosphere.
  • a copper plating layer (plating layer 7c) having a thickness of 8 / zm was formed in an electrolytic plating bath using the sputtered film (second sputtering layer 7b) as an electrode.
  • an electrolytic bath use a copper sulfate bath (copper sulfate 100 g / L, sulfuric acid 220 g / L, chlorine 40 mg / L, anode is phosphorous copper), plating at current density 2.
  • OA / dm 2 A film was formed. After plating, it was washed with enough distilled water and dried.
  • a metal-clad laminate composed of a polyimide film, a chromium layer, 7aZ, a copper sputtered layer, 7bZ, an electrolytically plated copper layer, 7c was obtained.
  • the adhesion strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil was 0. lkNZm.
  • Comparative Example 12 The polyimide film (Kapton EN) was immersed in a 0.5 wt% APES aqueous solution for 30 seconds, dried by blowing compressed air, and heat-treated at 110 ° C for 30 minutes. A metal thin film was formed by setting in an RF magnetron sputtering apparatus so that a metal raw material was formed on this polyimide film. The chamber in which the sample was set was depressurized to 3 ⁇ 10 _4 Pa, and then argon gas was introduced to make the degree of vacuum 2 ⁇ 10 _1 Pa, and plasma was generated by the RF power supply.
  • a nickel: chromium alloy layer [ratio 8: 299.99 wt%, hereinafter, a nichrome layer (first sputtered layer 8a)] was formed on a polyimide film to a film thickness of 30. After forming the nichrome layer, 0.2 ⁇ m of copper (99.99 wt%) was further formed on the -chrome layer by sputtering in the same atmosphere to obtain a second sputtering layer 8b.
  • a copper plating layer (plating layer 8c) having a thickness of 8 / zm was formed in an electrolytic plating bath using the sputtered film (second sputtering layer 8b) as an electrode.
  • an electrolytic bath use a copper sulfate bath (copper sulfate 100 g / L, sulfuric acid 220 g / L, chlorine 40 mg / L, anode is phosphorous copper), plating at current density 2.
  • OA / dm 2 A film was formed. After plating, it was washed with enough distilled water and dried.
  • Example 23 26 is at 300 ° C. for 3 minutes
  • Comparative Example 10 11 is not subjected to calo heat treatment.
  • the metal layer is formed by sputtering + plating in all examples.
  • Thickness (/ x m) (k N / m)
  • Example 22 Power foot EN 0. 70 APES 0.4
  • Example 23 Film 0.02 BAPP 0.9
  • Example 26 Film 2 0.02 DABA 0.6
  • the modified layer surface of the polyimide film a27 was immersed in a methanol solution (25 ° C) of 0.005M concentration of BAPP for 30 seconds, and then dried by blowing compressed air to the surface of the polyimide film.
  • a polyimide film b27 was obtained.
  • Example 27 instead of immersing the modified layer surface of the polyimide film a27 obtained in Example 27 in 0.005M BAPP methanol solution for 30 seconds, immersing in 0.001M DAPE methanol solution (25 ° C) for 5 minutes.
  • a polyimide film b28 having an amino compound treatment layer formed on the polyimide film surface was obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 except that.
  • the surface of the polyimide film a27 and the polyimide film b28 were superposed and heat-pressed in the same manner as in Example 27.
  • the adhesive strength between the polyimide films a28 and b28 was 1. OkNZm.
  • a polyimide film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 except that the modified layer surface of the polyimide film a27 obtained in Example 27 was immersed in 0.005M BAPP methanol solution for 5 minutes instead of 30 seconds.
  • a polyimide film b29 having an amino compound treatment layer formed on the surface was obtained.
  • the surface of the polyimide film a27 and the polyimide film b29 were superposed and heat-pressed in the same manner as in Example 27.
  • the adhesive strength between the polyimide films a27 and b29 was 0.9 kNZm.
  • the immersed polyimide film After immersing the polyimide film (Abical NPI) in 1N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (50 ° C) for 10 minutes, the immersed polyimide film is thoroughly washed with ion-exchanged water, and lwt% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution (25 ° C) After being soaked for 5 minutes, it was thoroughly washed with ion-exchanged water, sprayed with compressed air and dried to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film a30. A part of the polyimide film a30 was used in the following example.
  • the surface of the modified layer of the polyimide film a30 was immersed in a methanol solution (25 ° C) of 0.005 M concentration of BAPP for 20 seconds, and then dried by spraying compressed air to the polyimide film surface.
  • a polyimide film b30 was obtained.
  • the polyimide film a30 and the surface treatment surface of the polyimide film b30 were superposed and hot pressed in the same manner as in Example 27.
  • the adhesive strength between the polyimide films a30 and b30 was 1. lkNZm.
  • polyimide film (Iupilex 25S) in 30 minutes
  • a polyimide film a31 having a modified layer formed on the polyimide film surface was obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 except that the immersion was performed. Further, using a polyimide film a31, in the same manner as in Example 27, a polyimide film in which an amino compound treatment layer was formed on the polyimide film surface was used. Rum b31 was obtained.
  • the polyimide film a31 and the surface-treated surface of the polyimide film b31 were superposed and hot pressed in the same manner as in Example 27.
  • the adhesive strength between the polyimide films a31 and b31 was 1. lkNZm.
  • the polyimide film a27 obtained in Example 27 and the surface-treated surface of the polyimide film b30 obtained in Example 30 were superposed and subjected to hot pressing in the same manner as in Example 27.
  • the adhesion strength between the polyimide films a27 and b30 was 1. OkNZm.
  • the modified layer surface of the polyimide film a33 was immersed in a methanol solution (20 ° C) adjusted to 0.001M EDA concentration for 5 minutes, and then dried by spraying with compressed air.
  • a polyimide film b33 having an amino compound treatment layer formed on the surface was prepared.
  • the polyimide film a33 and the surface-treated surface of the polyimide film b33 were superposed and hot pressed in the same manner as in Example 27.
  • the adhesive strength between the polyimide films a33 and b33 was 0.6 kNZm.
  • Example 33 Except for immersing the polyimide film a33 in 0.001M EDA methanol solution (20 ° C) for 5 minutes instead of immersing it in 0.001M ETA methanol solution (20 ° C) for 5 minutes.
  • a polyimide film b34 having an amino compound treatment layer formed on the surface of the polyimide resin layer was produced.
  • Example 35 The polyimide film a33 obtained in Example 33 and the surface-treated surface of the polyimide film b34 were superposed and hot pressed in the same manner as in Example 27.
  • the polyimide film a35 and the surface-treated surface of the polyimide film b33 obtained in Example 33 were overlapped, and heat pressing was performed in the same manner as in Example 27.
  • the adhesive strength between the polyimide films a35 and b33 was 0.7 kNZm.
  • the polyimide film a35 obtained in Example 35 and the surface-treated surface of the polyimide film b34 obtained in Example 34 were superposed and subjected to hot pressing in the same manner as in Example 27.
  • the adhesive strength between the polyimide films a35 and b33 was 0.4 kNZm.
  • a polyimide film (Kapton EN) and a polyimide film (Abical NPI) were superposed and hot pressed in the same manner as in Example 27. Each polyimide film peeled easily.
  • Example 27 Two polyimide films a27 obtained in Example 27 were prepared, and the surface treatment layer surfaces of the respective polyimide films were superposed and hot-pressed in the same manner as in Example 27.
  • Example 33 Two polyimide films a33 obtained in Example 33 were prepared, and the surface treatment layer surface of each polyimide resin was superposed, and hot pressing was performed in the same manner as in Example 27.
  • the adhesion strength between the polyimide resin layers was less than 0.1 lkNZm.
  • Example 33 Prepare the polyimide film a33 obtained in Example 33 and the polyimide film a35 obtained in Example 35, superimpose the surface modification layer surfaces of the respective polyimide resins, and perform hot pressing in the same manner as in Example 27. It was.
  • the adhesion strength between the polyimide resin layers was less than 0.1 lkNZm.
  • the adhesion of the polyimide resin layer can be dramatically improved by a simple surface treatment. Adhesion can be improved even with a low-roughness copper foil suitable for fine pitch formation, which makes it possible to manufacture copper-clad laminates used for high-density printed wiring boards at low cost. It can also be used for HDD suspension applications, so its industrial value is high.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Coating Of Shaped Articles Made Of Macromolecular Substances (AREA)
  • Treatments Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
  • Manufacturing Of Printed Wiring (AREA)

Abstract

A method of polyimide resin layer surface treatment which enables printed wiring boards to retain an adhesion strength sufficient for pitch reduction and can conform to extreme thickness reduction in insulating resin layers; and a process for producing a metal-clad laminate. The method of treating a surface of a polyamide resin layer comprises a step in which the surface of the polyimide resin layer is modified with an aqueous alkali solution and a step in which a polar solution containing an amino compound such as an aromatic amino compound or diaminosiloxane is applied to the modified surface of the polyimide resin layer and is dried to form a layer treated with the amino compound. The method may further include a step in which the amino-compound-treated layer on the polyimide resin layer is imidized. A metal foil is thermally press-bonded to or a metal is vapor-deposited on the surface-treated polyimide resin layer to obtain a metal-clad laminate. Two such surface-treated polyimide resin layers are thermally press-bonded to obtain a polyimide resin laminate.

Description

明 細 書  Specification

ポリイミド樹脂層の表面改質方法及び金属張積層板の製造方法 技術分野  Method for surface modification of polyimide resin layer and method for manufacturing metal-clad laminate

[0001] 本発明は、ポリイミド榭脂層の表面処理方法及び金属箔上にポリイミド榭脂層が積 層する金属張積層板の製造方法に関し、より詳しくは、プリント配線板用に適したポリ イミド榭脂層の表面処理方法及び金属張積層板の製造方法に関する。  TECHNICAL FIELD [0001] The present invention relates to a surface treatment method for a polyimide resin layer and a method for producing a metal-clad laminate in which a polyimide resin layer is laminated on a metal foil, and more specifically, a polyimide suitable for a printed wiring board. The present invention relates to a surface treatment method for a resin layer and a method for producing a metal-clad laminate.

背景技術  Background art

[0002] 電子機器の電子回路には、絶縁材と導電材カもなる積層板を回路加工したプリント 配線板が使用されている。プリント配線板は、絶縁基板の表面 (及び内部)に、電気 設計に基づく導体パターンを、導電性材料で形成したものであり、基材となる絶縁榭 脂の種類によって、板状のリジットプリント配線板と、柔軟性に富んだフレキシブルプ リント配線板とに大別される。フレキシブルプリント配線板は、可撓性を持つことが特 徴であり、常時屈曲を繰り返すような可動部では接続用必需部品となっている。また 、フレキシブルプリント配線板は、電子機器内で折り曲げた状態で収納することも可 能であるために、省スペース配線材料としても用いられる。フレキシブルプリント配線 板の材料となるフレキシブル基板は、基材となる絶縁榭脂にはポリイミドエステルゃポ リイミド榭脂が多く用いられているが、使用量としては耐熱性のあるポリイミド榭脂が圧 倒的に多い。一方、導電材には導電性の点から一般に銅箔が用いられている。  In an electronic circuit of an electronic device, a printed wiring board obtained by processing a laminated board including an insulating material and a conductive material is used. A printed wiring board is formed by forming a conductive pattern based on electrical design on the surface (and inside) of an insulating substrate with a conductive material. Depending on the type of insulating resin used as a base material, a plate-shaped rigid printed wiring board is used. Broadly divided into flexible boards and flexible printed wiring boards. A flexible printed wiring board is characterized by its flexibility, and it is an essential part for connection in movable parts that constantly bend. In addition, the flexible printed wiring board can be stored in a state of being bent in an electronic device, and thus is used as a space-saving wiring material. The flexible substrate used as the material for flexible printed wiring boards is mostly made of polyimide ester polyimide resin as the insulating resin used as the base material, but the amount of heat-resistant polyimide resin is overwhelming. Many. On the other hand, copper foil is generally used as the conductive material from the viewpoint of conductivity.

[0003] フレキシブル基板は、その構造から 3層フレキシブル基板と、 2層フレキシブル基板 がある。 3層フレキシブル基板は、ポリイミドなどのベースフィルムと銅箔をエポキシ榭 脂やアクリル榭脂などの接着剤で貼り合わせて、ベースフィルム層(絶縁榭脂層の主 層)、接着剤層、銅箔層の 3層で構成される積層板である。一方、 2層フレキシブル基 板は特殊工法を採用して、接着剤を使用せずに、ベースフィルム層、銅箔層の 2層 で構成される積層板である。 2層フレキシブル基板は、エポキシ榭脂ゃアクリル榭脂 などの耐熱性の低い接着剤層を含まないので、信頼性が高ぐ回路全体の薄膜化が 可能でありその使用量が増加している。一方、別の観点力もすると、フレキシブル基 板のベースフィルム層は、熱膨張係数が低 、ことがカールの発生を防止するために 望まれているが、熱膨張係数が低いポリイミド榭脂は接着性が劣るため、接着剤を使 用せずに全部をポリイミド榭脂とする場合は、良接着性のポリイミド榭脂層を接着面 側に接着性付与層として設けることが必要であった。また、両面に銅箔層を有するフ レキシブル基板も知られており、片面に銅箔層を有する片面フレキシブル基板を製 造したのち、 2枚の片面フレキシブル基板を重ね合わせて積層する方法又は片面フ レキシブル基板に銅箔を重ね合わせて積層する方法などが知られて 、る。この場合 も、接着剤層又は接着性付与層を含まな 、フレキシブル基板が望まれて!/、る。 [0003] Flexible substrates include a three-layer flexible substrate and a two-layer flexible substrate because of their structure. A three-layer flexible board is made by bonding a base film such as polyimide and copper foil together with an adhesive such as epoxy resin or acrylic resin, and then base film layer (main layer of insulating resin layer), adhesive layer, copper foil It is a laminate composed of three layers. On the other hand, the two-layer flexible board is a laminated board composed of two layers, a base film layer and a copper foil layer, using a special method and without using an adhesive. Since the two-layer flexible substrate does not include an adhesive layer with low heat resistance such as epoxy resin or acrylic resin, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the entire circuit with high reliability, and the amount of use is increasing. On the other hand, from another viewpoint, the base film layer of the flexible substrate has a low thermal expansion coefficient to prevent curling. Although a polyimide resin having a low coefficient of thermal expansion is inferior in adhesiveness, a polyimide resin layer with good adhesion should be attached to the adhesive surface when all of the polyimide resin is used without using an adhesive. It was necessary to provide as an adhesion-imparting layer on the side. A flexible substrate having a copper foil layer on both sides is also known. After producing a single-sided flexible substrate having a copper foil layer on one side, a method of laminating two single-sided flexible substrates on each other, or a single-sided substrate. A method of laminating a copper foil on a flexible substrate is known. Also in this case, a flexible substrate that does not include an adhesive layer or an adhesion-imparting layer is desired!

[0004] 近年、電子機器における高性能化、高機能化の要求が高まっており、それに伴つ て電子デバイスに使用される回路基板材料であるプリント配線板の高密度化が望ま れている。プリント配線板を高密度化するためには、回路配線の幅と間隔を小さくす る、すなわちファインピッチ化する必要がある。プリント配線板を高密度化、ファインピ ツチ化するためには、表面粗度の低い銅箔を使用することが望まれてきた。しかしな がら、表面粗度の低い銅箔は、アンカー効果、すなわち絶縁榭脂層の銅箔表面の凸 凹への食い込みが小さいため、機械的な接着強度が得られず、そのため絶縁榭脂 に対する接着力が低くなるという問題があった。そこで、表面粗度の低い銅箔と絶縁 榭脂との接着力を高めることが課題となっている。  [0004] In recent years, demands for higher performance and higher functionality in electronic devices are increasing, and accordingly, higher density of printed wiring boards, which are circuit board materials used in electronic devices, is desired. In order to increase the density of the printed wiring board, it is necessary to reduce the width and interval of the circuit wiring, that is, to increase the fine pitch. In order to increase the density and fine pitch of a printed wiring board, it has been desired to use a copper foil having a low surface roughness. However, a copper foil with a low surface roughness has a small anchoring effect, that is, a bite into the unevenness of the copper foil surface of the insulating resin layer, so that no mechanical adhesive strength can be obtained. There was a problem that the adhesive strength was lowered. Therefore, increasing the adhesive strength between the copper foil with low surface roughness and the insulating resin is an issue.

[0005] ポリイミド榭脂は一般に接着性が劣ることが知られている。また、プリント配線板に使 用される積層板のベースフィルム層はカールの発生防止のため、熱膨張係数の低い ポリイミド榭脂層であることが望まれるが、低熱膨張性と接着性との間には相反する関 係がある。そこで、接着強度を向上させるため、従来、様々なポリイミドフィルムの表 面改質技術が報告されている。その一例として、プラズマ処理による表面改質方法が 挙げられるが、高価な装置が必要とされると共にランニングコストも高くなるという課題 がある。プラズマ処理によるポリイミドフィルムの表面改質方法としては、例えば、特開 平 5— 222219号公報、特開平 8— 12779号公報、特開平 11— 209488号公報、 特開 2004 - 51712号公報、特開 2006 - 7518号公報などで具体例が開示されて いる。し力しながら、これらの従来技術では、表面粗度の低い銅箔とポリイミド榭脂層 との接着力は満足しうるものは得られないというのが現状である。  [0005] Polyimide resin is generally known to have poor adhesion. In addition, the base film layer of the laminate used for printed wiring boards is preferably a polyimide resin layer with a low coefficient of thermal expansion to prevent curling. Have conflicting relationships. Therefore, various surface modification techniques for polyimide films have been reported to improve the adhesive strength. One example is a surface modification method by plasma treatment, but there is a problem that an expensive apparatus is required and the running cost is increased. Examples of surface modification methods for polyimide films by plasma treatment include, for example, JP-A-5-222219, JP-A-8-12779, JP-A-11-209488, JP-A-2004-51712, Specific examples are disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-7518. However, with these conventional techniques, it is currently impossible to obtain a satisfactory adhesive strength between the copper foil having a low surface roughness and the polyimide resin layer.

[0006] また、コスト面で有利な湿式エッチングによる表面改質方法も注目されつつある力 一般に、プラズマ処理のような乾式エッチングによる表面改質方法に比べて接着性 が十分ではないため、この点の更なる改良が必要とされていた。このような湿式エツ チングによる表面改質方法としては、例えば、特開平 11— 49880号公報が挙げられ る。これによれば、脂肪族第一級ァミンを含む極性溶媒中で処理したポリイミドと金属 との間にポリイミド接着剤を介して熱圧着する方法が開示されている。しかしながら、 この方法は、ポリイミド接着剤層を設ける必要があり、絶縁榭脂層が厚くなるという問 題があった。 [0006] Further, a surface modification method by wet etching that is advantageous in terms of cost is also attracting attention. In general, the adhesiveness is not sufficient as compared with the surface modification method by dry etching such as plasma treatment, and thus further improvement in this point has been required. As such a surface modification method by wet etching, for example, JP-A-11-49880 can be mentioned. According to this, a method of thermocompression bonding between a polyimide treated in a polar solvent containing an aliphatic primary amine and a metal via a polyimide adhesive is disclosed. However, this method has a problem that it is necessary to provide a polyimide adhesive layer, and the insulating resin layer becomes thick.

[0007] 特許文献 1 :特開平 5— 222219号公報  [0007] Patent Document 1: JP-A-5-222219

特許文献 2:特開平 8 - 12779号公報  Patent Document 2: JP-A-8-12779

特許文献 3:特開平 11― 209488号公報  Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-209488

特許文献 4:特開 2004 - 51712号公報  Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-51712

特許文献 5:特開 2006 - 7518号公報  Patent Document 5: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-7518

特許文献 6:特開平 11—49880号公報  Patent Document 6: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-49880

発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention

発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention

[0008] 本発明は、ポリイミド榭脂層の表面を改質して接着性を向上させることを目的とする 。また、ベースフィルム層として適する低熱膨張性のポリイミド榭脂層の表面を改質し て接着性を向上させ、接着性付与層となる接着性ポリイミド榭脂層又は接着剤層の 省略を可能とすることを目的とする。他の目的は、極薄の接着性層を有する銅張積 層板の製造方法を提供すると共に、プリント基板のファインピッチ化にも応える十分な 接着強度を担保しつつ、絶縁榭脂層の極薄化にも対応できる銅張積層板の製造方 法を提供することを目的とする。また、ポリイミド榭脂層面を重ね合わせて熱圧着する 接着方法を改良することを目的とする。他の目的は、両面金属張積層板の製造方法 を提供することにある。 [0008] An object of the present invention is to improve the adhesion by modifying the surface of a polyimide resin layer. In addition, the surface of a low thermal expansion polyimide resin layer suitable as a base film layer is modified to improve adhesion, and the adhesive polyimide resin layer or adhesive layer that becomes an adhesion-imparting layer can be omitted. For the purpose. Another object is to provide a method for producing a copper clad laminate having an ultra-thin adhesive layer, and to ensure sufficient adhesion strength to meet the fine pitch of printed circuit boards, while also ensuring that the insulating The object is to provide a method of manufacturing a copper clad laminate that can cope with thinning. Another object of the present invention is to improve an adhesion method in which polyimide resin layer surfaces are superposed and thermocompression bonded. Another object is to provide a method for producing a double-sided metal-clad laminate.

課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem

[0009] 上記目的を達成するため、本発明者等が検討を行ったところ、湿式エッチング方法 を適切に改良することにより、これを用いたポリイミド榭脂層は、ポリイミド榭脂層の厚 みも殆ど変化させることもなぐ金属箔との接着強度も高い、優れた接着性ポリイミド 榭脂層を提供できることを見出し、本発明を完成させるに至った。 [0009] In order to achieve the above object, the present inventors have studied, and as a result of appropriately improving the wet etching method, the polyimide resin layer using the wet etching method has the same thickness as the polyimide resin layer. Excellent adhesive polyimide with high adhesive strength to metal foil that can hardly be changed The present inventors have found that a resin layer can be provided and have completed the present invention.

[0010] 本発明は、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアルカリ処 理層を形成する工程と、 b)該アルカリ処理層面にァミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒溶液 を含浸 '乾燥してァミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程とを備えたことを特徴とするポリ イミド榭脂層の表面に改質層を形成する方法に関する。 [0010] The present invention includes: a) a step of forming a surface layer of a polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali treatment layer; and b) a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treatment layer. And a method of forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer, comprising: impregnation and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer.

[0011] また、本発明は、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアル カリ処理層を形成する工程と、 b)該アルカリ処理層面にアミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒 溶液を含浸 '乾燥してァミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程と、 c)該ァミノ化合物含有 層をイミドィ匕処理して改質イミド化層を形成する工程とを備えたポリイミド榭脂層の表 面に改質層を形成する方法に関する。 [0011] In addition, the present invention provides: a) a step of treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali treated layer; and b) a polar solvent containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treated layer. A surface of a polyimide resin layer comprising: a step of impregnating a solution and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer; and c) a step of imidizing the amino compound-containing layer to form a modified imidized layer. The present invention relates to a method for forming a modified layer.

[0012] また、本発明は、 I)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面に改質層を形成する工程と、 Π)該改質層 の表面に金属層を形成する工程とを備えた金属張積層板の製造方法において、 工程 I)が、 [0012] The present invention also provides a metal-clad laminate comprising: I) a step of forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer; and ii) a step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the modified layer. In the manufacturing method of step I),

a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形成 する工程と、 b)該ァルカリ処理層面にァミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒溶液を含浸 ·乾燥 してアミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程とを備えること特徴とする金属張積層板の製 造方法に関する。  a) a step of forming an alkali-treated layer by treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution; and b) impregnating and drying a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali-treated layer to contain an amino compound. And a step of forming a layer. The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a metal-clad laminate.

[0013] また、本発明は、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアル カリ処理層を形成する工程と、 b)該アルカリ処理層面にアミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒 溶液を含浸 '乾燥してァミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程と、 d)該ァミノ化合物含有 層の表面に金属箔を重ね合わせ、熱圧着する工程とを備えた金属張積層板の製造 方法に関する。  [0013] In addition, the present invention includes: a) a step of treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali treated layer; and b) a polar solvent containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treated layer. The present invention relates to a method for producing a metal-clad laminate comprising a step of impregnating a solution and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer, and d) a step of overlaying a metal foil on the surface of the amino compound-containing layer and thermocompression bonding.

[0014] 更に、本発明は、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアル カリ処理層を形成する工程と、 b)該アルカリ処理層面にアミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒 溶液を含浸 '乾燥してァミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程と、 e)該ァミノ化合物含有 層の表面に金属薄膜層を形成する工程とを備えた金属張積層板の製造方法に関す る。  [0014] Further, the present invention provides: a) a step of forming a surface of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali treated layer; and b) a polar solvent containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treated layer. The present invention relates to a method for producing a metal-clad laminate comprising a step of impregnating a solution and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer, and e) a step of forming a metal thin film layer on the surface of the amino compound-containing layer.

[0015] また、本発明は、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアル カリ処理層を形成する工程と、 b)該アルカリ処理層面にアミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒 溶液を含浸 '乾燥してァミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程と、 C)ァミノ化合物含有層 をイミド化処理して改質イミド化層を形成する工程と、 d)該改質イミド化層の表面に金 属箔を重ね合わせ、熱圧着する工程とを備えた金属張積層板の製造方法に関する [0015] Further, the present invention provides: a) a layer on the surface side of the polyimide resin layer treated with an alkaline aqueous solution; A step of forming a potassium treatment layer, b) impregnating a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treatment layer and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer, and C) imidizing the amino compound-containing layer. Forming a modified imidized layer, and d) overlaying a metal foil on the surface of the modified imidized layer and thermocompression bonding,

[0016] 更に、本発明は、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアル カリ処理層を形成する工程と、 b)該アルカリ処理層面にアミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒 溶液を含浸 '乾燥してァミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程と、 c)ァミノ化合物含有層 をイミド化処理して改質イミド化層を形成する工程と、 e)該改質イミド化層の表面に金 属薄膜層を形成する工程とを備えた金属張積層板の製造方法に関する。 [0016] Further, the present invention includes: a) a step of forming a surface of the polyimide resin layer with an alkali aqueous solution to form an alkali treated layer; and b) a polar solvent containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treated layer. Impregnating the solution and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer; c) imidizing the amino compound-containing layer to form a modified imidized layer; and e) a surface of the modified imidized layer. And a method of forming a metal thin film layer.

[0017] また、本発明は、第一のポリイミド榭脂層面と第二のポリイミド榭脂層面を重ね合わ せてポリイミド榭脂層を接着する方法にぉ 、て、  [0017] Further, the present invention relates to a method for bonding a polyimide resin layer by superimposing a first polyimide resin layer surface and a second polyimide resin layer surface,

A)第一のポリイミド榭脂層面について、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層(P1)の表面側の層をアル力 リ水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形成する工程、  A) For the first polyimide resin layer surface, a) a step of forming an alkali-treated layer by treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer (P1) with an aqueous alkaline solution,

B)第二のポリイミド榭脂層について、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層(P2)の表面側の層をアルカリ 水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形成する工程、 b)該アルカリ処理層面にアミノィ匕 合物を含む極性溶媒溶液を含浸'乾燥してァミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程と、 B) Regarding the second polyimide resin layer, a) a step of forming an alkali treatment layer by treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer (P2) with an alkaline aqueous solution, b) amino acid combination with the alkali treatment layer surface Impregnating a polar solvent solution containing a product and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer;

C)第一のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)のアルカリ処理層面に第二のポリイミド榭脂層(P2)の ァミノ化合物処理層面を重ね合わせ、熱圧着する工程、 C) The step of superimposing the amino compound treatment layer surface of the second polyimide resin layer (P2) on the alkali treatment layer surface of the first polyimide resin layer (P1) and thermocompression bonding,

を有することを特徴とするポリイミド榭脂層の接着方法に関する。  It is related with the adhesion method of the polyimide resin layer characterized by having.

[0018] 更に、本発明は、ポリイミド榭脂層の片面に金属箔を有する片面金属張積層板を 2 枚重ね合わせて接着してポリイミド榭脂層の両面に金属箔を有する両面金属張積層 板の製造方法において、 [0018] Further, according to the present invention, a double-sided metal-clad laminate having metal foils on both sides of a polyimide resin layer by laminating and bonding two single-sided metal-clad laminates having a metal foil on one side of a polyimide resin layer. In the manufacturing method of

A)第一の片面金属張積層板について、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層(P1)の表面側の層をアル カリ水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形成する工程、  A) For the first single-sided metal-clad laminate, a) a step of treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer (P1) with an aqueous alkali solution to form an alkali treatment layer;

B)第二の片面金属張積層板について、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層(P2)の表面側の層をアル カリ水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形成する工程、 b)該アルカリ処理層面にアミ ノ化合物を含む極性溶媒溶液を含浸'乾燥してァミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程 と、 B) For the second single-sided metal-clad laminate, a) a step of treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer (P2) with an aqueous alkali solution to form an alkali treatment layer; b) A step of impregnating and drying a polar solvent solution containing a compound to form an amino compound-containing layer When,

C)第一の片面金属張積層板のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)のアルカリ処理層面に第二の 片面金属張積層板のポリイミド榭脂層(P2)のァミノ化合物含有層面を重ね合わせ、 熱圧着する工程、を有することを特徴とする両面金属張積層板の製造方法に関する  C) Overlay the surface of the polyimide resin layer (P1) of the first single-sided metal-clad laminate with the alkali-treated layer side of the polyimide resin layer (P2) of the second single-sided metal-clad laminate, and thermocompression bond A process for producing a double-sided metal-clad laminate, characterized by comprising:

[0019] 上記工程 a)で形成されるアルカリ処理層の厚みは、 0. 005〜3. 0 μ mの範囲にあ ることが好ましい。また、ポリイミド榭脂層は、積層体の表面層を形成するポリイミド榭 脂層であることができる他、ポリイミド榭脂フィルムの表面層を形成するポリイミド榭脂 層であることができる。 [0019] The thickness of the alkali treatment layer formed in the step a) is preferably in the range of 0.005 to 3.0 μm. Further, the polyimide resin layer can be a polyimide resin layer that forms the surface layer of the laminate, or can be a polyimide resin layer that forms the surface layer of the polyimide resin film.

[0020] 上記工程 b)で使用するァミノ化合物としては、第 1級又は第 2級のアミノ基を有する 芳香族ァミン、少なくとも 3つの第 1級のアミノ基を官能基として有する脂肪族ァミン、 アミノ基を有するシランカップリング剤、ジァミノシロキサン及びポリイミド前駆体榭脂 力も選択されるものが有利である。ここで、ポリイミド前駆体榭脂はポリアミド酸である。  [0020] The amino compound used in the above step b) includes an aromatic amine having a primary or secondary amino group, an aliphatic amine having at least three primary amino groups as functional groups, amino Advantageously, silane coupling agents having groups, diaminosiloxanes and polyimide precursors are also selected. Here, the polyimide precursor resin is polyamic acid.

[0021] アミノ基を有するシランカップリング剤としては、 3 ァミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン 、 3 ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、 N— 2— (アミノエチノレ) 3 ァミノプロピルトリ メトキシシラン、 N- 2- (アミノエチル) 3—ァミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、 3 —トリエトキシシリル— N— (1, 3 ジメチルブチリデン)プロピルアミン及び N—フエ- ル一 3 ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン力 選択される少なくとも 1種がある。  [0021] Examples of the silane coupling agent having an amino group include 3aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N—2- (aminoethynole) 3aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- ( Aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N— (1,3 dimethylbutylidene) propylamine, and N-phenyl 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane force selected at least 1 There are seeds.

[0022] ジァミノシロキサンとしては、下記一般式(1)で表されるジァミノシロキサンオリゴマ 一がある。  As the diaminosiloxane, there is a diaminosiloxane oligomer represented by the following general formula (1).

Figure imgf000007_0001
Figure imgf000007_0001

ここで、 Ar及び Arは 2価の炭化水素基を示し、 R〜Rは炭素数 1〜6の炭化水素基 Here, Ar and Ar represent a divalent hydrocarbon group, R to R are hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

2 7 3 6  2 7 3 6

を示し、 mは 1〜20の数を示す。  M represents a number from 1 to 20.

[0023] 上記工程 d)又は d2)で行われる熱圧着で使用される金属箔としては、銅箔、銅合金 箔又はステンレス箔が好ま 、。 [0023] The metal foil used in the thermocompression bonding performed in the above step d) or d2) includes a copper foil and a copper alloy. Foil or stainless steel foil is preferred.

[0024] 以下、本発明を詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.

[0025] 本発明で用いられるポリイミド榭脂層は特に限定されるものではなぐポリイミド榭脂 力もなるフィルム(シート)であってもよぐ銅箔、ガラス板、榭脂フィルム等の基材に積 層された状態のポリイミド榭脂層であってもよい。なお、ここでいう基材はポリイミド榭 脂層が積層されるシート状の榭脂又は金属箔等をいう。しかし、ポリイミド榭脂層の少 なくとも片面は表面層として存在する。また、ポリイミド榭脂層の厚みは、 3〜: LOO /z m 、好ましくは 3〜50 /ζ πιの範囲にある。上記ポリイミド榭脂層は、表面処理がなされる ことにより、当初のポリイミド榭脂層 (未改質のポリイミド榭脂層)と改質層の少なくとも 2 層を有するものとなる。  [0025] The polyimide resin layer used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be a film (sheet) having a high polyimide resin capacity. The polyimide resin layer may be stacked on a substrate such as a copper foil, a glass plate, or a resin film. It may be a polyimide resin layer in a layered state. In addition, the base material here means a sheet-like resin or metal foil on which a polyimide resin layer is laminated. However, at least one side of the polyimide resin layer exists as a surface layer. The polyimide resin layer has a thickness of 3 to: LOO / z m, preferably 3 to 50 / ζ πι. By performing surface treatment, the polyimide resin layer has at least two layers of an initial polyimide resin layer (unmodified polyimide resin layer) and a modified layer.

[0026] ポリイミド榭脂層を形成するポリイミド榭脂としては、いわゆるポリイミド榭脂を含めて 、ポリアミドイミド、ポリべンズイミダゾール、ポリイミドエステル、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリ シロキサンイミド等の構造中にイミド基を有する耐熱性榭脂がある。また、市販のポリ イミド榭脂又はポリイミドフィルムも好適に使用可能である。  [0026] The polyimide resin that forms the polyimide resin layer includes imide groups in the structure of polyamide imide, polybenzimidazole, polyimide ester, polyether imide, polysiloxane imide, etc., including so-called polyimide resin. There is a heat-resistant rosin. Commercially available polyimide resin or polyimide film can also be used suitably.

[0027] ポリイミド榭脂層の中でも、低接着性であって、低熱膨張性のポリイミド榭脂層に対 し、本発明の方法は好適である。具体的には、熱線膨張係数が 1 X 10"6〜30 Χ 10 _6 (1/Κ)、好ましくは 1 X 10—6〜25 X 10"6 (1/Κ)、より好ましくは 15 X 10"6〜2 5 X 10"6 (1/Κ)である低熱膨張性のポリイミド榭脂層に適用すると大きな効果が得 られる。しかし、上記熱線膨張係数を超えるポリイミド榭脂層にも適用可能であり、接 着性を向上させる。 [0027] Among the polyimide resin layers, the method of the present invention is suitable for a polyimide resin layer having low adhesion and low thermal expansion. Specifically, linear thermal expansion coefficient of 1 X 10 "6 ~30 Χ 10 _ 6 (1 / Κ), preferably 1 X 10- 6 ~25 X 10" 6 (1 / Κ), more preferably 15 X When applied to a low thermal expansion polyimide resin layer of 10 " 6 to 25 X 10" 6 (1 / Κ), a great effect is obtained. However, it can be applied to a polyimide resin layer having a thermal coefficient of thermal expansion exceeding the above, and the adhesion is improved.

[0028] ポリイミド榭脂層に使用されるポリイミド榭脂としては、一般式 (2)で現される構造単 位を有するポリイミド榭脂が好まし 、。 [0028] The polyimide resin used in the polyimide resin layer is preferably a polyimide resin having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2).

Figure imgf000008_0001
Figure imgf000008_0001

但し、 Arは式 (3)又は式 (4)で表される 4価の芳香族基を示し、 Arは式 (5)又は式 (6) で表される 2価の芳香族基を示し、 Rは独立に炭素数 1〜6の 1価の炭化水素基又は However, Ar shows the tetravalent aromatic group represented by Formula (3) or Formula (4), Ar is Formula (5) or Formula (6) R is independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or

1  1

アルコキシ基を示し、 X及び Yは独立に単結合又は炭素数 1〜15の 2価の炭化水素基 、 0、 S、 CO、 SO、 SO若しくは CONHから選ばれる 2価の基を示し、 nは独立に 0〜4の  An alkoxy group, X and Y independently represent a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a divalent group selected from 0, S, CO, SO, SO or CONH, and n represents Independently of 0-4

2  2

整数を示し、 qは構成単位の存在モル比を示し、 0.1〜1.0の範囲である。  Q represents an integer, q represents the molar ratio of the constituent units, and ranges from 0.1 to 1.0.

Figure imgf000009_0001
Figure imgf000009_0001

Figure imgf000009_0002
Figure imgf000009_0002

[0030] 上記構造単位は、単独重合体中に存在しても、共重合体の構造単位として存在し てもよい。構造単位を複数有する共重合体である場合は、ブロックとして存在しても、 ランダムに存在してもよい。このような構造単位を有するポリイミド榭脂の中で、好適 に利用できるポリイミド榭脂は非熱可塑性のポリイミド榭脂である。 [0030] The structural unit may exist in a homopolymer or as a structural unit of a copolymer. In the case of a copolymer having a plurality of structural units, it may be present as a block or randomly. Among polyimide resins having such a structural unit, a polyimide resin that can be suitably used is a non-thermoplastic polyimide resin.

[0031] ポリイミド榭脂は、一般に、ジァミンと酸二無水物とを反応させて製造されるので、ジ ァミンと酸二無水物を説明することにより、ポリイミド榭脂の具体例が理解される。上記 一般式(1)において、 Arはジァミンの残基ということができ、 Arは酸二無水物の残基  [0031] Since polyimide resin is generally produced by reacting diamine and acid dianhydride, a specific example of polyimide resin can be understood by explaining diamine and acid dianhydride. In the above general formula (1), Ar can be referred to as a residue of diamine, and Ar is a residue of acid dianhydride.

3 1  3 1

ということができるので、好ましいポリイミド榭脂をジァミンと酸二無水物により説明する 。しかし、この方法によって得られるポリイミド榭脂に限定されない。  Therefore, a preferable polyimide resin is explained by diamine and acid dianhydride. However, it is not limited to the polyimide resin obtained by this method.

[0032] ジァミンとしては、例えば、 4,4,-ジアミノジフエ-ルエーテル、 2,-メトキシ- 4,4,-ジ ァミノベンズァ-リド、 1,4-ビス(4-アミノフエノキシ)ベンゼン、 1,3-ビス(4-アミノフエノ キシ)ベンゼン、 2,2,-ビス [4- (4-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]プロパン、 2,2,-ジメチル- 4 ,4, -ジアミノビフエニル、 3,3, -ジヒドロキシ- 4,4, -ジアミノビフエニル、 4,4, -ジァミノべ ンズァ -リド等が好ましく挙げられる。 Examples of the diamine include 4,4, -diaminodiphenyl ether, 2, -methoxy-4,4, -diaminobenzaldehyde, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis. (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 2,2, -bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol] propane, 2,2, -dimethyl-4,4, -diaminobiphenyl, 3,3, -dihydroxy -4,4, -Diaminobiphenyl, 4,4, -Diaminobe Preferable examples include nusa-lid.

また、 2,2-ビス- [4- (3-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]プロパン、ビス [4- (4-アミノフエノ キシ)フエ-ル]スルホン、ビス [4- (3—アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]スルホン、ビス [4- ( 4-ァミノフエノキシ)]ビフエ-ル、ビス [4- (3-アミノフエノキシ)ビフエ-ル、ビス [1- (4- アミノフエノキシ) ]ビフエ-ル、ビス [1- (3-アミノフエノキシ) ]ビフエ-ル、ビス [4- (4- アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]メタン、ビス [4- (3-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]メタン、ビス [ 4- (4-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]エーテル、ビス [4- (3-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]ェ 一テル、ビス [4- (4-アミノフエノキシ) ]ベンゾフエノン、ビス [4- (3-アミノフエノキシ) ] ベンゾフエノン、ビス [4,4し(4-ァミノフエノキシ)]ベンズァ-リド、ビス [4,4し(3-ァミノ フエノキシ)]ベンズァ-リド、 9,9-ビス [4- (4-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]フルオレン、 9, 9-ビス [4- (3-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]フルオレン等が好ましく挙げられる。  2,2-bis- [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenol] propane, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol] sulfone, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenol ] Sulfone, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy)] biphenyl, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [1- (4-aminophenoxy)] biphenyl, bis [1- (3 -Aminophenoxy)] biphenyl, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol] methane, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenol] methane, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol ] Ether, Bis [4- (3-Aminophenoxy) phenol] Ether, Bis [4- (4-Aminophenoxy)] Benzophenone, Bis [4- (3-Aminophenoxy)] Benzophenone, Bis [4,4 (4-Aminophenoxy)] benzaldehyde, bis [4,4 (3-aminophenoxy)] benzaldehyde, 9,9- The [4- (4-aminophenoxy) Hue - le] fluorene, 9, 9-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) Hue - le] fluorene, and the like preferably.

その他のジァミンとして、 2,2—ビス- [4- (4-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]へキサフルォ 口プロパン、 2,2-ビス- [4- (3-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]へキサフルォロプロパン、 4,4 ' -メチレンジ- 0-トルィジン、 4,4' -メチレンジ- 2, 6-キシリジン、 4,4' -メチレン- 2,6-ジ ェチルァニリン、 4,4,-ジアミノジフエ二ルプロパン、 3,3,-ジアミノジフエ二ルプロパン 、 4,4,-ジアミノジフエニルェタン、 3,3,-ジアミノジフエニルェタン、 4,4,-ジアミノジフエ ニルメタン、 3,3,-ジアミノジフエ二ルメタン、 4,4,-ジアミノジフエニルスルフイド、 3,3,- ジアミノジフエ-ルスルフイド、 4,4' -ジアミノジフエ-ルスルホン、 3,3 ' -ジアミノジフエ ニルスルホン、 4,4' -ジアミノジフエ二ルエーテル、 3, 3-ジアミノジフエ二ルエーテル、 3 ,4'-ジアミノジフエ二ルエーテル、ベンジジン、 3,3,-ジアミノビフエニル、 3,3,-ジメチ ル—4,4,—ジアミノビフエ-ル、 3,3,-ジメトキシベンジジン、 4,4"-ジァミノ- p-テルフエ- ル、 3,3"-ジァミノ- p-テルフエ-ル、 m-フエ-レンジァミン、 p-フエ-レンジァミン、 2,6 -ジァミノピリジン、 1,4-ビス(4-アミノフエノキシ)ベンゼン、 1,3-ビス(4-ァミノフエノキシ )ベンゼン、 4,4し [1,4-フエ-レンビス(1-メチルェチリデン)]ビスァ-リン、 4,4'-[1,3- フエ-レンビス(1-メチノレエチリデン)]ビスァ-リン、ビス (p-アミノシクロへキシル)メタ ン、ビス (p- β -ァミノ- 1-ブチルフエ-ル)エーテル、ビス (p- β -メチル- δ -ァミノペンチ ル)ベンゼン、 ρ-ビス (2-メチル -4-ァミノペンチル)ベンゼン、 ρ-ビス (1,1-ジメチル -5- ァミノペンチル)ベンゼン、 1,5-ジァミノナフタレン、 2, 6-ジァミノナフタレン、 2,4-ビス( β -ァミノ- 1-ブチル)トルエン、 2,4-ジァミノトルエン、 m-キシレン- 2, 5-ジァミン、 p-キシ レン- 2,5-ジァミン、 m-キシリレンジァミン、 p-キシリレンジァミン、 2, 6-ジァミノピリジン、 2,5-ジァミノピリジン、 2,5-ジァミノ- 1,3,4-ォキサジァゾール、ピぺラジン等が挙げられ る。 Other diamines include 2,2-bis- [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis- [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenol] hexafluor Lopropane, 4,4'-methylenedi-0-toluidine, 4,4'-methylenedi-2,6-xylidine, 4,4'-methylene-2,6-diethylaniline, 4,4, -diaminodiphenylpropane, 3,3, -diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4, -diaminodiphenylethane, 3,3, -diaminodiphenylethane, 4,4, -diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3, -diaminodiphenylmethane, 4, 4, -diaminodiphenylsulfide, 3,3, -diaminodiphenylsulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl Diether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl Ether, benzidine, 3,3 - diamino Biff enyl, 3,3, - dimethicone Le - 4, 4, - Jiaminobifue - le, 3,3, - dimethoxy benzidine, 4,4 '- Jiamino - p-Terufue - Le 3,3 "-damino-p-terfel, m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, 2,6-diaminopyridine, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis ( 4-Aminophenoxy) Benzene, 4,4 [1,4-Phenylenebis (1-methylethylidene)] bisaline, 4,4 '-[1,3-Phenylenebis (1-methylenoethylidene)] bisa -Phosphorus, bis (p-aminocyclohexyl) methan, bis (p-β-amino-1-butylphenol) ether, bis (p-β-methyl-δ-aminopentyl) benzene, ρ-bis ( 2-Methyl-4-amino-pentyl) benzene, ρ-bis (1,1-dimethyl-5-aminopentyl) benzene, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,6-di Mino naphthalene, 2,4-bis ( β-Amino-1-butyl) toluene, 2,4-diaminotoluene, m-xylene-2,5-diamine, p-xylene-2,5-diamine, m-xylylenediamine, p-xylylenediamine 2,6-diaminopyridine, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 2,5-diamino-1,3,4-oxadiazole, piperazine and the like.

[0034] 酸二無水物としては、例えば、無水ピロメリット酸、 3,3, ,4,4,-ビフヱ-ルテトラカル ボン酸二無水物、 3,3,, 4,4,_ジフエ-ルスルフォンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、 4,4,- ォキシジフタル酸無水物が好ましく挙げられる。  [0034] Examples of acid dianhydrides include pyromellitic anhydride, 3,3,, 4,4, -biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3, 4,4, _diphenylsulfone. Preferred examples include tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 4,4, -oxydiphthalic anhydride.

また、 2,2',3,3'-、 2,3,3',4'-又は 3,3',4,4'-ベンゾフヱノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物 、 2,3',3,4,-ビフエ-ルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、 2,2',3,3'-ビフエ-ルテトラカルボ ン酸ニ無水物、 2,3', 3,4'_ジフエ-ルエーテルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ビス (2,3- ジカルボキシフエ-ル)エーテル二無水物等が好ましく挙げられる。また、 3,3",4,4"- 、 2,3,3",4"-又は 2,2",3,3"-p-テルフエ-ルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、 2,2-ビス (2,3 -又は 3,4-ジカルボキシフエ-ル)-プロパン二無水物、ビス (2, 3-又は 3.4-ジカルボキ シフエ-ル)メタン二無水物、ビス (2,3-又は 3,4-ジカルボキシフエ-ル)スルホン二無 水物、 1,1_ビス (2,3-又は 3,4-ジカルボキシフエ-ル)エタンニ無水物等が好ましく挙 げられる。  In addition, 2,2 ', 3,3'-, 2,3,3', 4'- or 3,3 ', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3', 3,4, -biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ', 3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3', 3,4'_diphenyl ether tetracarboxylic acid Preferred examples include dianhydrides and bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dianhydrides. Also, 3,3 ", 4,4"-, 2,3,3 ", 4"-or 2,2 ", 3,3" -p-terphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2- Bis (2,3- or 3,4-dicarboxyphenol) -propane dianhydride, bis (2,3- or 3.4-dicarboxyphenyl) methane dianhydride, bis (2,3- or 3 1,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone dianhydride, 1,1_bis (2,3- or 3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane anhydride and the like are preferable.

[0035] その他の酸二無水物として、 1,2,7,8-、 1,2,6,7-又は 1,2, 9,10-フエナンスレン-テトラ カルボン酸二無水物、 2,3,6,7—アントラセンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、 2,2-ビス(3,4 -ジカルボキシフエ-ル)テトラフルォロプロパン二無水物、 2,3, 5,6-シクロへキサン二 無水物、 2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、 1,2,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカル ボン酸二無水物、 1,4,5, 8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、 4,8-ジメチル -1,2, 3, 5, 6,7-へキサヒドロナフタレン- 1,2, 5,6-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、 2,6-又は 2, 7-ジク ロロナフタレン- 1,4,5, 8-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、 2,3,6,7- (又は 1,4,5, 8-)テトラクロ ロナフタレン- 1,4,5,8- (又は 2,3,6,7-)テトラカルボン酸二無水物、 2,3,8,9-、 3,4,9,10- 、 4,5, 10,11-又は 5,6,11, 12-ペリレン-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、シクロペンタン- 1,2, 3,4-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ピラジン- 2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ピロリ ジン- 2,3,4,5-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、チォフェン- 2,3,4,5-テトラカルボン酸二無 水物、 4,4-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフエノキシ)ジフエ-ルメタン二無水物等が挙げら れる。 [0035] Other acid dianhydrides include 1,2,7,8-, 1,2,6,7- or 1,2,9,10-phenanthrene-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3, 6,7-anthracenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) tetrafluoropropane dianhydride, 2,3,5,6-cyclohexane dianhydride 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride 4,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydronaphthalene-1,2,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,6- or 2,7-dichloro Naphthalene-1,4,5,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7- (or 1,4,5,8-) tetrachloronaphthalene-1,4,5,8- (or 2,3,6,7-) tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,8,9-, 3,4,9,10-, 4,5, 10,11- or 5,6,11, 12 -Perylene-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, Clopentane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, pyrazine-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, pyrrolidine-2,3,4,5-tetracarboxylic dianhydride Thiophene-2,3,4,5-tetracarboxylic acid dihydrate, 4,4-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenoxy) diphenylmethane dianhydride, etc. It is.

[0036] ジァミン、酸二無水物はそれぞれ、その 1種のみを使用してもよく 2種以上を併用し て使用することもできる。また、上記一般式(1)に含まれないその他のジァミン及び酸 二無水物を上記のジァミン又は酸二無水物と共に使用することもでき、この場合、そ の他のジァミン又は酸二無水物の使用割合は 90モル%以下、好ましくは 50モル0 /0 以下とすることがよい。ジァミン及び酸二無水物の種類や、 2種以上のジァミン又は 酸二無水物を使用する場合のそれぞれのモル比を選定することにより、熱膨張性、 接着性、ガラス転移点 (Tg)等を制御することができる。 Each of diamine and acid dianhydride may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, other diamines and acid dianhydrides not included in the general formula (1) can be used together with the above diamines or acid dianhydrides. In this case, other diamines or acid dianhydrides may be used. the proportion is 90 mol% or less, preferably be 50 mol 0/0 or less. By selecting the types of diamine and acid dianhydride, and the molar ratios when using two or more kinds of diamine or acid dianhydride, thermal expansion, adhesion, glass transition point (Tg), etc. Can be controlled.

[0037] ポリイミド榭脂層を製造する方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、ポリイミド榭脂の 前駆体であるポリアミド酸の榭脂溶液を基材上に塗布した後に乾燥、イミドィ匕して基 材上にポリイミド榭脂層を形成せしめる方法がある。ポリアミド酸の榭脂溶液を基材上 に塗布する方法としては特に制限されず、コンマ、ダイ、ナイフ、リップ等のコーター にて塗布することが可能である。  [0037] The method for producing the polyimide resin layer is not particularly limited. For example, a polyamide acid resin solution, which is a precursor of polyimide resin, is applied on a substrate, dried, imidized, and then applied onto the substrate. There is a method of forming a polyimide resin layer. The method for applying the polyamic acid rosin solution onto the substrate is not particularly limited, and it can be applied with a coater such as a comma, die, knife, or lip.

[0038] また、乾燥、イミド化の方法も特に制限されず、例えば、 80〜400°Cの温度条件で 1〜60分間加熱するといつた熱処理が好適に採用される。このような熱処理を行うこ とで、ポリアミド酸の脱水閉環が進行するため、基材上にポリイミド榭脂層を形成させ ることができる。基材上にポリイミド榭脂層を形成させたポリイミド榭脂層はそのまま使 用してもよぐ剥がすなどして使用してもよい。  [0038] Further, the drying and imidization methods are not particularly limited, and for example, a heat treatment is preferably employed when heating is performed at a temperature of 80 to 400 ° C for 1 to 60 minutes. By performing such heat treatment, dehydration and ring closure of the polyamic acid proceeds, so that a polyimide resin layer can be formed on the substrate. The polyimide resin layer in which the polyimide resin layer is formed on the substrate may be used as it is or may be used after peeling off.

[0039] ポリイミド榭脂層は、単層のみ力も形成されるものでも、複数層からなるものでもよい 。ポリイミド榭脂層を複数層とする場合、異なる構成成分カゝらなるポリイミド榭脂層の 上に他のポリイミド榭脂を順次塗布して形成することができる。ポリイミド榭脂層が 3層 以上力もなる場合、同一の構成のポリイミド榭脂を 2回以上使用してもよい。層構造が 簡単である 2層又は単層、特に単層は、工業的に有利に得ることができる。また、ポリ イミド榭月旨層の厚み ίま、 3〜: LOO /z m 好ましく【ま3〜50 !^より好ましく ίま 5〜30 mの範囲にあることがよい。  [0039] The polyimide resin layer may be formed of only a single layer or may be composed of a plurality of layers. In the case where a plurality of polyimide resin layers are used, other polyimide resins can be sequentially formed on a polyimide resin layer composed of different constituent components. When the polyimide resin layer has three or more layers, the same composition polyimide resin may be used twice or more. Simple layer structure Two layers or single layers, in particular single layers, can be obtained industrially advantageously. Also, the thickness of the polyimide layer is 3 to: LOO / z m preferably 【3 to 50! More preferably, it should be in the range of 5-30 m.

[0040] 本発明のポリイミド榭脂層の表面に改質層を形成する方法では、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層 の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形成する工程(工程 a)と 、 b)該アルカリ処理層面にアミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒溶液を含浸 ·乾燥してァミノ 化合物含有層を形成する工程 (工程 b)とを備える。更に必要により、 c)ァミノ化合物 含有層をイミド化処理して改質イミド化層を形成する工程 (X@c)を備える。 [0040] In the method of forming the modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer of the present invention, a) a step of forming an alkali-treated layer by treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution (step a) And b) impregnating and drying a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali-treated layer. Forming a compound-containing layer (step b). Further, if necessary, c) a step (X @ c) of forming a modified imidized layer by imidizing the amino compound-containing layer is provided.

[0041] 本発明の金属張積層板の製造方法では、ポリイミド榭脂層の表面に改質層を形成 する工程 (工程 1) )と、該改質層の表面に金属層を形成する工程 (工程 Π) )とを備える 。ここで、工程 I)は、上記工程 aと工程 bとを備える。更に必要により、工程 cを備える。 工程 II)は、 d)ァミノ化合物含有層又は改質イミドィ匕層(両者を改質層という)の表面に 金属箔を重ね合わせ、熱圧着する工程 (工程 d)、又は e)該ァミノ化合物含有層又は 改質イミドィ匕層の表面に金属薄膜層を形成する工程 (工程 e)とを備える。なお、工程 dはァミノ化合物含有層又は改質イミドィ匕層の表面に金属箔を重ね合わせ、熱圧着 する工程であるが、ァミノ化合物含有層に熱圧着する場合と、改質イミド化層に熱圧 着する場合を区別するときは、前者を工程 dlとし、後者を工程 d2という。同様に、ェ 程 eはアミノィ匕合物含有層又は改質イミド化層の表面に金属薄膜層を形成する工程 であるが、ァミノ化合物含有層に形成する場合と、改質イミド化層に形成する場合を 区別するときは、前者を工程 elとし、後者を工程 e2という。  [0041] In the method for producing a metal-clad laminate of the present invention, a step of forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer (step 1)) and a step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the modified layer (step 1) Step iii)). Here, the step I) includes the step a and the step b. Further, if necessary, step c is provided. In step II), d) a step of overlaying metal foil on the surface of the amino compound-containing layer or modified imido layer (both are called modified layers) and thermocompression bonding (step d), or e) containing the amino compound Forming a metal thin film layer on the surface of the layer or the modified imido layer (step e). Step d is a step in which a metal foil is superposed on the surface of the amino compound-containing layer or the modified imido layer and thermocompression bonded. When distinguishing the case of pressing, the former is called process dl and the latter is called process d2. Similarly, step e is a step of forming a metal thin film layer on the surface of the amino compound-containing layer or the modified imidized layer. When distinguishing between cases, the former is referred to as step el and the latter as step e2.

[0042] 本発明のポリイミド榭脂層の接着方法及び両面金属張積層板の製造方法では、上 記工程 aと工程 bに加えて、第一のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)のアルカリ処理層面に第二の ポリイミド榭脂層(P2)のァミノ化合物含有層面を重ね合わせ、熱圧着する工程 (工程 C)とを備える。  [0042] In the method for adhering a polyimide resin layer and the method for producing a double-sided metal-clad laminate of the present invention, in addition to the above steps a and b, the surface of the first polyimide resin layer (P1) is treated with an alkali. A step (Step C) in which the surface of the second polyimide resin layer (P2) is laminated and thermocompression bonded.

[0043] 工程 a及び工程 bはいずれの場合であっても、同様に行うことができる。その他のェ 程 c〜eについても同様である。そこで、ポリイミド榭脂層の表面に改質層を形成する 方法で代表して工程 a及び工程 b及び工程 cにつ 、て、説明する。  [0043] Steps a and b can be carried out in the same manner in any case. The same applies to the other processes c to e. Therefore, the process a, the process b, and the process c will be described as a representative method for forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer.

[0044] 工程 aにおいて、ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアル力 リ処理層を形成する。アルカリ水溶液としては、 0. 5〜50wt%、液温が 5〜80°Cの水 酸ィ匕ナトリウム又は水酸ィ匕カリウムのアルカリ水溶液を用いることが好ましぐ浸漬法、 スプレー法あるいは刷毛塗り等を適用することができる。例えば、浸漬法を適用する 場合、 10秒〜 60分間処理することが有効である。好ましくは l〜30wt%、液温が 25 〜60°Cのアルカリ水溶液で、 30秒〜 10分間の処理がよい。ポリイミド榭脂層の構造 によって、適宜、その処理条件を変更することができる。一般的にアルカリ水溶液の 濃度が薄い場合、ポリイミド榭脂層の表面処理時間は長くなる。また、アルカリ水溶液 の液温が高くなると、処理時間は短縮される。アルカリ水溶液で処理すると、ポリイミド 榭脂層の表面側カゝらアルカリ水溶液が浸透し、ポリイミド榭脂層がアルカリ処理される 。このアルカリ処理反応は主にイミド結合の加水分解であると考えられる。アルカリ処 理で形成されるアルカリ処理層の厚みはポリイミド榭脂層厚みの 1/200〜1/2、好まし くは 1/100〜1/5の範囲がよい。また、別の観点からは 0. 005〜3. O ^ m,好ましくは 0. 05〜2. O ^ m,更に好ましくは 0. 1〜2. O /z m力 ^よい。更に、另 Uの観点力らは 0. 005〜0. 1 !^好ましく【ま0. 01〜0. 1 !^更に好ましく【ま0. 05〜0. 1 m力 ^よ い(例えば、工程 eに付する場合)。アルカリ処理層の厚みが上記範囲外であると、ポ リイミド榭脂層と金属層との十分な接着強度を発現しにくい。ポリイミド榭脂層がポリィ ミド榭脂フィルムである場合は、同時に両面を改質処理してもよ 、。 [0044] In step a, a layer on the surface side of the polyimide resin layer is treated with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali-treated layer. As the alkaline aqueous solution, it is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide of 0.5 to 50 wt% and a liquid temperature of 5 to 80 ° C. A dipping method, spray method or brush coating is preferred. Etc. can be applied. For example, when the immersion method is applied, it is effective to treat for 10 seconds to 60 minutes. Preferably, the treatment is performed for 30 seconds to 10 minutes with an alkaline aqueous solution of 1 to 30 wt% and a liquid temperature of 25 to 60 ° C. Depending on the structure of the polyimide resin layer, the processing conditions can be changed as appropriate. Of alkaline aqueous solution When the concentration is low, the surface treatment time of the polyimide resin layer becomes long. In addition, the processing time is shortened when the temperature of the alkaline aqueous solution increases. When treated with an alkaline aqueous solution, the alkaline aqueous solution penetrates from the surface side of the polyimide resin layer, and the polyimide resin layer is alkali-treated. This alkali treatment reaction is considered to be mainly hydrolysis of imide bonds. The thickness of the alkali-treated layer formed by the alkali treatment should be in the range of 1/200 to 1/2, preferably 1/100 to 1/5 of the polyimide resin layer thickness. From another point of view, 0.005 to 3. O ^ m, preferably 0.05 to 2. O ^ m, more preferably 0.1 to 2. O / zm force is good. Furthermore, the viewpoint power of additional U is 0.005 to 0.1! ^ Preferably [0.001 to 0.1! ^, More preferably [0.05 to 0.1 m force ^ (eg, process When attached to e). When the thickness of the alkali-treated layer is outside the above range, sufficient adhesion strength between the polyimide resin layer and the metal layer is hardly exhibited. If the polyimide resin layer is a polyimide resin film, both sides may be modified at the same time.

[0045] アルカリ処理で形成されるアルカリ処理層中には、アルカリ水溶液に起因するアル カリ金属とポリイミド榭脂末端のカルボキシル基との塩等を形成している場合があるた め、酸水溶液で洗浄することが好ましい。用いられる酸水溶液は、酸性であればいか なる水溶液も用いることができる。特に、塩酸水溶液や硫酸水溶液が好ましい。また 、濃度は 0. 5〜50wt%の範囲内にあることがよいが、好ましくは 0. 5〜5wt%の範囲 内にあることがよい。 pHは 2以下とすることが更に好ましい。その後、水洗した後、乾 燥して工程 bに供することがょ 、。  [0045] In the alkali-treated layer formed by the alkali treatment, a salt of an alkali metal and a carboxyl group at the end of the polyimide resin may be formed due to the alkaline aqueous solution. It is preferable to wash. Any aqueous acid solution can be used as long as it is acidic. In particular, an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution or an aqueous sulfuric acid solution is preferable. In addition, the concentration may be in the range of 0.5 to 50 wt%, but preferably in the range of 0.5 to 5 wt%. More preferably, the pH is 2 or less. Then, after washing with water, dry and use for step b.

[0046] 工程 bにおいて、上記アルカリ処理層面にアミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒溶液を含浸 、乾燥して、芳香族ァミノ化合物含有層を形成する。ァミノ化合物としては、芳香族ァ ミノ化合物、脂肪族ァミノ化合物、アミノ基を有するシランカップリング剤、ジアミノシロ キサン、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂が好ましく挙げられる。  [0046] In step b, the surface of the alkali-treated layer is impregnated with a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound and dried to form an aromatic amino compound-containing layer. Preferred examples of the amino compound include an aromatic amino compound, an aliphatic amino compound, a silane coupling agent having an amino group, diaminosiloxane, and a polyimide precursor resin.

[0047] 芳香族ァミノ化合物としては、第 1級又は第 2級のアミノ基を有する芳香族ァミンで あることがよく、特に、第 1級のアミノ基が芳香族環に置換した芳香族ァミンがよい。ァ ミノ基の数は 1〜5、好ましくは 1〜3、より好ましくは 2である。芳香族ァミノ化合物の分 子量は、 90〜: L000、好ましくは 100〜600、より好ましくは 110〜500であること力よ い。また、芳香族ァミノ化合物としては例えば、少なくとも 1個、好ましくは 1〜10個、 好ましくは 1〜4個の芳香族環を有する化合物が挙げられ、芳香族環はァミノ基以外 の置換基で置換されていても、いなくてもよい。アミノ基以外の置換基としては、アル カリ処理層に存在する末端カルボキシル基と縮合重合を可能とする官能基、例えば 水酸基、メルカプト基等を有するものが好ましい。芳香族環としては、ベンゼン環、ナ フタレン環等の縮合環がある。複数個の芳香族環を有する化合物としては、ビフエ- ル環等の他に、 Ar-X-Ar、 Ar-Y-Ar-X-Ar-Y-Ar (ただし、 Arはベンゼン環等の芳香 族環、 X及び Yは独立に CO、 0、 S、 SO、 SO、 CONH、 C H 等の 2価の基)にァミノ基 [0047] The aromatic amino compound is preferably an aromatic amine having a primary or secondary amino group, and in particular, an aromatic amine having a primary amino group substituted with an aromatic ring. Good. The number of amino groups is 1-5, preferably 1-3, more preferably 2. The molecular weight of the aromatic amino compound is 90 to L000, preferably 100 to 600, and more preferably 110 to 500. Examples of the aromatic amino compound include compounds having at least 1, preferably 1 to 10, and preferably 1 to 4 aromatic rings. The aromatic ring is other than an amino group. It may or may not be substituted with the above substituent. As the substituent other than the amino group, those having a terminal carboxyl group present in the alkali-treated layer and a functional group capable of condensation polymerization such as a hydroxyl group and a mercapto group are preferable. Aromatic rings include condensed rings such as a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring. Compounds having a plurality of aromatic rings include Ar-X-Ar, Ar-Y-Ar-X-Ar-Y-Ar (where Ar is an aromatic group such as a benzene ring) in addition to biphenyl rings. Amino group, X and Y are independently divalent groups such as CO, 0, S, SO, SO, CONH, CH)

2 n 2n  2 n 2n

が置換したィ匕合物がある。アミノ基以外の置換基としては、例えば分枝鎖でも直鎖で もよい炭素原子数 1〜18のアルキル基 (例えば、メチル、ェチル、プロピル等)、炭素 原子数 6〜13の芳香族基 (例えば、フエニル)、炭素原子数 7〜 12のァラルキル基( 例えば、ベンジル)等が挙げられる。ヒドロキシル基も芳香族環の置換基として利用で きる。芳香族環をヒドロキシル基で置換したィ匕合物の 1例はァミノフエノールである。 更に、炭素原子数 10〜20の縮合環系も本発明の芳香族ァミン基含有ィ匕合物として 利用できる。本発明に利用可能な縮合環系の 1例はジァミノナフタレンである。  There are compounds that have been replaced. Examples of the substituent other than the amino group include branched or straight chain alkyl groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.), aromatic groups having 6 to 13 carbon atoms ( For example, phenyl), an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, benzyl) and the like. Hydroxyl groups can also be used as aromatic ring substituents. An example of a compound in which an aromatic ring is substituted with a hydroxyl group is aminophenol. Furthermore, a condensed ring system having 10 to 20 carbon atoms can also be used as the aromatic amine group-containing compound of the present invention. One example of a fused ring system that can be used in the present invention is diaminonaphthalene.

[0048] 芳香族ァミノ化合物の具体例を次に示すが、これには限られな!/、。また、芳香族ァ ミノ化合物は 1種類以上を使用することができる。  [0048] Specific examples of aromatic amino compounds are shown below, but are not limited to these! /. One or more aromatic amino compounds can be used.

[0049] ァ-リン、トルイジン、ァミノナフタレン、アミノビフエ-ル、 2,2-ビス- [4- (4-ァミノフエ ノキシ)フエ-ル]プロパン、 2,2-ビス- [4- (3-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]プロパン、ビ ス [4- (4-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]スルホン、ビス [4- (3—アミノフエノキシ)フエニル ]スルホン、ビス [4- (4-アミノフエノキシ)]ビフエ-ル、ビス [4- (3-アミノフエノキシ)ビ フエニル、ビス [1- (4-アミノフエノキシ) ]ビフエニル、ビス [1- (3-アミノフエノキシ) ]ビフ ェニル、ビス [4- (4-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]メタン、ビス [4- (3-アミノフエノキシ)フ ェ -ル]メタン、ビス [4- (4-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]エーテル、ビス [4- (3-ァミノフエ ノキシ)フエ-ル]エーテル、ビス [4- (4-ァミノフエノキシ)]ベンゾフエノン、ビス [4- (3- ァミノフエノキシ)]ベンゾフエノン、ビス [4,4し(4-ァミノフエノキシ)]ベンズァ-リド、ビ ス [4,4し(3-アミノフエノキシ) ]ベンズァ-リド、 9,9-ビス [4- (4-アミノフエノキシ)フエ- ル]フルオレン、 9,9-ビス [4- (3-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]フルオレン、 2,2—ビス- [4 - (4-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]へキサフルォロプロパン、 2,2-ビス- [4- (3-ァミノフエ ノキシ)フエ-ル]へキサフルォロプロパン、 4,4,-メチレンジ- 0-トルイジン、 4,4,-メチ レンジ- 2, 6-キシリジン、 4,4,-メチレン- 2,6-ジェチルァニリン、 4,4,-ジアミノジフエ二 ルプロパン、 3,3,-ジアミノジフエ二ルプロパン、 4,4,-ジアミノジフエニルェタン、 3,3,- ジアミノジフエニルェタン、 4,4,-ジアミノジフエ二ルメタン、 3,3,-ジアミノジフエ二ルメタ ン、 4,4,-ジアミノジフエ-ルスルフイド、 3,3,-ジアミノジフエ-ルスルフイド、 4,4,-ジァ ミノジフエニルスルホン、 3,3,-ジアミノジフエニルスルホン、 4,4,-ジアミノジフエニルェ 一テル、 3,3-ジアミノジフエ二ルエーテル、 3,4'-ジアミノジフエ二ルエーテル、ベンジ ジン、 3,3,-ジアミノビフエニル、 3,3,-ジメチル- 4,4,-ジアミノビフエニル、 3,3,-ジメト キシベンジジン、 4,4'しジァミノ- p-テルフエ-ル、 3,3'しジァミノ- p-テルフエ-ル、 m- フエ-レンジァミン、 p-フエ-レンジァミン、 2,6-ジァミノピリジン、 1,4-ビス(4-アミノフ エノキシ)ベンゼン、 1,3-ビス(4-アミノフエノキシ)ベンゼン、 4,4し [1,4-フエ-レンビス (1-メチルェチリデン)]ビスァ-リン、 4,4し [1,3-フエ-レンビス(1-メチルェチリデン)] ビスァ-リン、ビス (p-アミノシクロへキシル)メタン、ビス (p- -ァミノ- 1-ブチルフエ-ル )エーテル、ビス (p- β -メチル- δ -ァミノペンチル)ベンゼン、 ρ-ビス (2-メチル -4-ァミノ ペンチル)ベンゼン、 ρ-ビス (1,1-ジメチル- 5-ァミノペンチル)ベンゼン、 1,5-ジアミノナ フタレン、 2,6-ジァミノナフタレン、 2, 4-ビス(j8 -ァミノ- 1-ブチル)トルエン、 2,4-ジァミノ トルエン、 m-キシレン- 2,5-ジァミン、 p-キシレン- 2,5-ジァミン、 m-キシリレンジァミン、 p-キシリレンジァミン、 2,6-ジァミノピリジン、 2,5-ジァミノピリジン、 2,5-ジァミノ- 1,3,4- ォキサジァゾール、ピぺラジン等を挙げることができる。 [0049] Arin, toluidine, aminominophthalene, aminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis- [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol] propane, 2,2-bis- [4- (3- Aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy)] biphenyl Bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [1- (4-aminophenoxy)] biphenyl, bis [1- (3-aminophenoxy)] biphenyl, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol ] Methane, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenol] methane, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol] ether, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenol] ether, Bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy)] benzophenone, Bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy)] ben Phenone, bis [4,4 (4-aminophenoxy)] benzaldehyde, bis [4,4 (3-aminophenoxy)] benzaldehyde, 9,9-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol- L] fluorene, 9,9-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenol] fluorene, 2,2-bis- [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol] hexafluoropropane, 2, 2-bis- [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenol] hexafluoropropane, 4,4, -methylenedi-0-toluidine, 4,4, -methyl Range-2,6-Xylidine, 4,4, -Methylene-2,6-Dethylaniline, 4,4, -Diaminodiphenylpropane, 3,3, -Diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4, -Diaminodiphenylethane, 3,3, -diaminodiphenylethane, 4,4, -diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3, -diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4, -diaminodiphenylsulfide, 3,3, -diaminodiphenylsulfide, 4, 4, -diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,3, -diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4, -diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, benzi Gin, 3,3, -diaminobiphenyl, 3,3, -dimethyl-4,4, -diaminobiphenyl, 3,3, -dimethoxybenzidine, 4,4 'diamino-p-terphenyl, 3 , 3 'diamino-p-terfell, m-hue-rangeamamine P-Phenylenediamine, 2,6-Diaminopyridine, 1,4-Bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-Bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 4,4 and [1,4-Phenolenebis (1-Methylethylidene)] bisaline, 4,4 [1,3-Phenylenebis (1-methylethylidene)] bisaline, bis (p-aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis (p- -amino- 1-butylphenol) ether, bis (p-β-methyl-δ-aminopentyl) benzene, ρ-bis (2-methyl-4-aminopentyl) benzene, ρ-bis (1,1-dimethyl-5-aminopentyl) ) Benzene, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,6-diaminonaphthalene, 2,4-bis (j8-amino-1-butyl) toluene, 2,4-diaminotoluene, m-xylene-2,5- Diamine, p-xylene-2,5-diamine, m-xylylenediamine, p-xylylenediamine, 2,6-diaminopyridine, 2, Examples include 5-diaminopyridine, 2,5-diamino-1,3,4-oxadiazole, piperazine and the like.

[0050] 脂肪族ァミノ化合物としては、少なくとも 3つの第 1級のアミノ基を官能基として有す る脂肪族ァミンであることがよい。このような脂肪族ァミノ化合物は、炭素原子、水素 原子及び窒素原子のみで構成されるものが好ましく挙げられ、具体例として、トリス(2 —アミノエチル)ァミンがある。ポリイミド榭脂層を金属層と接着させる場合においては[0050] The aliphatic amino compound is preferably an aliphatic amine having at least three primary amino groups as functional groups. Such aliphatic amino compounds are preferably composed only of carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms and nitrogen atoms, and specific examples include tris (2-aminoethyl) amine. When bonding the polyimide resin layer to the metal layer

、第 1級のアミノ基を 3つ以上有しない脂肪族ァミンを用いた場合、ポリイミド榭脂層と 金属層との十分な接着強度を発現しにくい。 When an aliphatic amine having no three or more primary amino groups is used, sufficient adhesion strength between the polyimide resin layer and the metal layer is hardly exhibited.

[0051] アミノ基を有するシランカップリング剤としては、 3 ァミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン 、 3 ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、 N— 2— (アミノエチノレ) 3 ァミノプロピルトリ メトキシシラン、 N- 2- (アミノエチル) 3—ァミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、 3 —トリエトキシシリル— N— (1, 3 ジメチルブチリデン)プロピルアミン及び N—フエ- ル一 3—ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン力も選択される少なくとも 1種であることがょ ヽ 。特に、 3—ァミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、 3—ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシランが好 ましい。 [0051] Examples of the silane coupling agent having an amino group include 3aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) 3aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- ( Aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N— (1,3 dimethylbutylidene) propylamine and N-phenol- It should be at least one selected for the ability of 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane. In particular, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane and 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane are preferred.

[0052] ジァミノシロキサンとしては、上記一般式(1)で表されるジァミノシロキサンが好ましく 用いられる。具体例としては、下式で表されるジァミノシロキサン好ましく挙げられる。  As the diaminosiloxane, diaminosiloxane represented by the above general formula (1) is preferably used. Specific examples include diaminosiloxanes represented by the following formula.

[0053]  [0053]

Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000017_0001

CH3 H3C

Figure imgf000017_0002
CH 3 H 3 C
Figure imgf000017_0002

上式において、平均の m数は、 1〜20の範囲であり、好ましくは 5〜15の範囲であ る。この範囲を超えると銅箔との接着性が低下する。 In the above formula, the average m number is in the range of 1 to 20, preferably in the range of 5 to 15. If it exceeds this range, the adhesiveness with the copper foil is lowered.

[0054] ポリイミド前駆体榭脂としては、一般式 (7)で表される構造単位を有するポリイミド前 駆体榭脂が好ましい。一般式(7)において、 Arは式 (8)又は式(9)で表される 2価の  As the polyimide precursor resin, a polyimide precursor resin having a structural unit represented by the general formula (7) is preferable. In the general formula (7), Ar is a divalent compound represented by the formula (8) or the formula (9).

4  Four

芳香族基を示し、 Arは式(10)又は式(11)で表される 4価の芳香族基を示し、 Rは  Represents an aromatic group, Ar represents a tetravalent aromatic group represented by formula (10) or formula (11), and R represents

5 2 独立に炭素数 1〜6の 1価の炭化水素基又はアルコキシ基を示し、 V及び Wは独立に 単結合又は炭素数 1〜15の 2価の炭化水素基、 0、 S、 CO、 SO若しくは CONHから  5 2 independently represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group or alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, V and W are independently a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, 0, S, CO, From SO or CONH

2  2

選ばれる 2価の基を示し mは独立に 0〜4の整数を示し、 pは構造単位の存在モルを 示し、 0.1〜1.0の範囲である, M represents independently an integer of 0 to 4, and p represents the mole of the structural unit. Indicates a range of 0.1 to 1.0,

[0055]  [0055]

Figure imgf000018_0001
Figure imgf000018_0001

[0057] 上記構造単位は、単独重合体中に存在しても、共重合体の構造単位として存在し てもよい。構造単位を複数有する共重合体である場合は、ブロックとして存在しても、 ランダムに存在してもよい。 [0057] The structural unit may be present in the homopolymer or as a structural unit of the copolymer. In the case of a copolymer having a plurality of structural units, it may be present as a block or randomly.

[0058] 上記一般式(7)にお 、て、 Arはジァミンの残基と 、うことができ、 Arは酸二無水物  [0058] In the general formula (7), Ar can be a residue of diamine, and Ar is an acid dianhydride.

4 5  4 5

の残基ということができるので、好ましいポリイミド榭脂をジァミンと酸二無水物により 説明する。しかし、この方法によって得られるポリイミド前駆体樹脂に限定されない。  Therefore, a preferable polyimide resin is explained by diamine and acid dianhydride. However, it is not limited to the polyimide precursor resin obtained by this method.

[0059] ジァミンとしては、例えば、 4,4,-ジアミノジフエ-ルエーテル、 2,-メトキシ- 4,4,-ジ ァミノベンズァ-リド、 1,4-ビス(4-アミノフエノキシ)ベンゼン、 1,3-ビス(4-アミノフエノ キシ)ベンゼン、 2,2 ビス [4-(4-アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]プロパン、 2,2 ジメチノレ- 4 ,4, -ジアミノビフエニル、 3,3, -ジヒドロキシ- 4,4, -ジアミノビフエニル、 4,4, -ジァミノべ ンズァ -リド等が挙げられる。その他、上記ポリイミド榭脂の説明で挙げたジァミンを 挙げることができる。 [0060] 酸二無水物としては、例えば、無水ピロメリット酸、 3,3, ,4,4,-ビフヱ-ルテトラカル ボン酸二無水物、 3,3,, 4,4,_ジフエ-ルスルフォンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、 4,4,- ォキシジフタル酸無水物が挙げられる。その他、上記ポリイミド榭脂の説明で挙げた 酸二無水物を挙げることができる。 [0059] Examples of diamine include 4,4, -diaminodiphenyl ether, 2, -methoxy-4,4, -diaminobenzalide, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis. (4-Aminophenoxy) benzene, 2,2 bis [4- (4-Aminophenoxy) phenol] propane, 2,2 Dimethinole-4,4, -Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3, -Dihydroxy-4,4 , -Diaminobiphenyl, 4,4, -Diaminobenza-lide and the like. In addition, the diamines mentioned in the description of the polyimide resin can be mentioned. [0060] Examples of acid dianhydrides include pyromellitic anhydride, 3,3,, 4,4, -biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3, 4,4, _diphenylsulfone. Examples thereof include tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 4,4, -oxydiphthalic anhydride. In addition, the acid dianhydrides mentioned in the description of the polyimide resin can be used.

[0061] ジァミン、酸二無水物はそれぞれ、その 1種のみを使用してもよく 2種以上を併用し て使用することもできる。また、上記以外のジァミン及び酸二無水物を併用することも できる。ポリイミド前駆体榭脂は、ジァミン及び酸二無水物の種類や、 2種以上のジァ ミン又は酸二無水物を使用する場合はそれぞれのモル比を選定し、これらのジァミン 及び酸二無水物を有機溶媒中、例えば 20〜60°Cの温度で、反応して得ることがで きる。有利には、ジァミンを酸二無水物に対して過剰の条件下もしくはポリイミド前駆 体榭脂の末端がアミノ基となる条件下とすることがよい。すなわち、ジァミンと酸二無 水物の使用量の比率は、ジァミン Z酸二無水物(モル比)として、 1.0を超えるように することがよく、好ましくは 1.001〜10.0、より好ましくは 1.1〜5.0、特に好ましくは 1.5〜 3.0である。  [0061] Each of diamine and acid dianhydride may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, diamine and acid dianhydride other than those described above can be used in combination. The polyimide precursor resin is selected from the types of diamine and acid dianhydride, and when two or more diamines or acid dianhydrides are used, the molar ratio of each is selected. Can be obtained by reaction in an organic solvent, for example, at a temperature of 20-60 ° C. Advantageously, diamine is used under an excess condition relative to the acid dianhydride or under a condition in which the end of the polyimide precursor resin is an amino group. That is, the ratio of the amount of diamine and acid dianhydride used should be more than 1.0 as diamine Z acid dianhydride (molar ratio), preferably 1.001 to 10.0, more preferably 1.1 to 5.0. Particularly preferably, it is 1.5 to 3.0.

[0062] なお、分子量は上記モル比力 に近いほど大きくなるので、この比を大きくするこ とにより分子量の小さいオリゴマーを得ることができる。また、モル比が 2.0を超えると 未反応のジァミンが残存することになるが、これは乾燥又はイミド化する際に除去され る他、アルカリ処理層中に存在するポリイミド榭脂末端のカルボキシル基と反応して 表面処理効果を高める。  [0062] Since the molecular weight increases as it approaches the molar specific force, an oligomer with a low molecular weight can be obtained by increasing this ratio. In addition, when the molar ratio exceeds 2.0, unreacted diamine remains, which is removed during drying or imidization, and is also removed from the carboxyl group at the end of the polyimide resin present in the alkali-treated layer. Reacts to enhance the surface treatment effect.

[0063] ポリイミド前駆体榭脂は、重量平均分子量 500〜20,000、好ましくは 2,000〜10,000、 より好ましくは 3,000〜6,000のオリゴマーがよい。このような低分子量タイプのポリイミ ド前駆体榭脂を適用することで、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂のアルカリ処理層への含浸を 容易とし、アルカリ処理層の殆どを改質イミド化層に変化させることができる。更に、ポ リイミド榭脂層の表面処理前後(工程 aの前と工程 cの後)において、ポリイミド榭脂層 全体の厚みは殆ど変化しない状態とすることが可能となる。  [0063] The polyimide precursor resin may be an oligomer having a weight average molecular weight of 500 to 20,000, preferably 2,000 to 10,000, more preferably 3,000 to 6,000. By applying such a low molecular weight type polyimide precursor resin, it is possible to facilitate the impregnation of the polyimide precursor resin into the alkali-treated layer and change most of the alkali-treated layer into a modified imidized layer. it can. Furthermore, the thickness of the entire polyimide resin layer can be made almost unchanged before and after the surface treatment of the polyimide resin layer (before step a and after step c).

[0064] これらのァミノ化合物は 1種類以上を使用することができる他、芳香族ァミノ化合物 、脂肪族ァミノ化合物、アミノ基を有するシランカップリング剤、ジァミノシロキサン及 びポリイミド前駆体樹脂から選ばれる 2種類以上を使用することができる。 [0065] これらのァミノ化合物は、極性溶媒の溶液として使用する。極性溶媒としては、ァミノ 化合物を溶解するものであれば特に限定されない。例えば、芳香族ァミノ化合物、脂 肪族ァミノ化合物、アミノ基を有するシランカップリング剤、ジァミノシロキサン及びポリ イミド前駆体樹脂に適した極性溶媒としては、水又はメタノール、エタノール、プロパ ノール、ブタノール等のアルコール類、もしくはアセトン、ジメチルケトン、メチルェチ ルケトン等のケトン類、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル類、あるいは N—メチルピロリド ン、ジメチルァセトアミド、ジメチルホルムアミド等の 3級ァミン類、ジメチルスルホキサ イド等が挙げらる。ジァミノシロキサンに適した極性溶媒としては、メタノール、ェタノ ール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール等のアルコール系溶媒、 N, N ジメチルホル ムアミド、 N, N ジェチルホルムアミド、 N, N ジメチルァセトアミド、 N, N ジェチ ルァセトアミド、 N, N ジェチルァセトアミド、 N, N ジメチルメトキシァセトアミド、ジ メチルスルホキシド、 N—メチル 2—ピロリドン等のアミド系溶媒、テトラヒドロフラン、 ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジェチルエーテル、ジ ォキサン媒等のエーテル系溶媒、アセトン、 MEK、 2 ペンタノン、 3 ペンタノン、 7 プチ口ラタトン等のケトン系溶媒、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶 媒を挙げることができる。これらは、単独で用いても、数種を混合させて用いてもよぐ 水と混合してもよい。好ましくは、メタノールである。 [0064] In addition to the use of one or more of these amino compounds, an aromatic amino compound, an aliphatic amino compound, a silane coupling agent having an amino group, diaminosiloxane, and a polyimide precursor resin are selected. Two or more types can be used. [0065] These amino compounds are used as a solution in a polar solvent. The polar solvent is not particularly limited as long as it dissolves the amino compound. For example, polar solvents suitable for aromatic amino compounds, aliphatic amino compounds, silane coupling agents having amino groups, diaminosiloxanes and polyimide precursor resins include water or methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol. Alcohols such as acetone, ketones such as acetone, dimethyl ketone and methyl ethyl ketone, ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, tertiary amines such as N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide and dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, etc. To mention. Polar solvents suitable for diaminosiloxane include alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, N, N dimethylformamide, N, N decylformamide, N, N dimethylacetamide, N, Amide solvents such as N jetylacetamide, N, N jetylacetamide, N, N dimethylmethoxyacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methyl 2-pyrrolidone, tetrahydrofuran, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol jetyl ether, dioxane And ether solvents such as solvents, ketone solvents such as acetone, MEK, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, and 7-pentalatataton, and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene. These may be used alone or as a mixture of several kinds. They may be mixed with water. Preferably, it is methanol.

[0066] これらのァミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒の溶液の濃度は、ァミノ化合物の濃度として、 0. 0001〜1M (0. 0001〜1モノレ /L)、好ましく ίま 0. 0001〜0. 1M、より好ましく ίま 0 . 0005〜0. 1Μ、更に好ましくは 0. 0005〜0. 01Mの範囲にあること力 S適当である 。ポリイミド前駆体榭脂を含む極性溶媒の溶液の濃度は、ジァミン成分換算の濃度と して、上記範囲にあることがよい。また、別の観点からァミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒の 溶液の濃度、特にシランカップリング剤又はジァミノシロキサン溶液の濃度は、 0. 1〜 5wt%、好ましくは 0. 5〜: Lwt%であることがよい。  [0066] The concentration of the polar solvent solution containing these amino compounds is 0.0001 to 1M (0.0001 to 1 monolayer / L), preferably 0.0015 to 0.1M, as the concentration of the amino compound. More preferably, it is in the range of 0.005 to 0.1 mm, more preferably in the range of 0.0005 to 0.01 M. The concentration of the polar solvent solution containing the polyimide precursor resin is preferably in the above range as a concentration in terms of diamine component. From another point of view, the concentration of the polar solvent solution containing the amino compound, particularly the concentration of the silane coupling agent or diaminosiloxane solution is 0.1 to 5 wt%, preferably 0.5 to Lwt%. It is good.

[0067] ァミノ化合物の濃度が高 、と、アミノィ匕合物溶液がアルカリ処理層に含浸するにとど まらず、改質層面上に付着する量が多くなるので、高濃度は望ましくない。  [0067] When the concentration of the amino compound is high, the amino compound solution is not only impregnated into the alkali-treated layer, but the amount adhering to the surface of the modified layer is increased, so that a high concentration is not desirable.

[0068] 含浸方法は、アルカリ処理層面にアミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒の溶液が接触する ことができる方法であれば、特に限定されず、公知の方法を利用することができる。例 えば、浸漬法、スプレー法、刷毛塗りあるいは印刷法等を用いることができる。温度は[0068] The impregnation method is not particularly limited as long as it can be brought into contact with a solution of a polar solvent containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali treatment layer, and a known method can be used. Example For example, an immersion method, a spray method, a brush coating method, a printing method, or the like can be used. Temperature is

0〜100°C、好ましくは 10〜40°C付近の常温でよい。また、含浸時間は、浸漬法を 適用する場合、 30秒〜 1時間、好ましくは 1〜 15分間処理することが有効である。 The room temperature may be 0 to 100 ° C, preferably 10 to 40 ° C. In the case of applying the dipping method, the impregnation time is effectively 30 seconds to 1 hour, preferably 1 to 15 minutes.

[0069] 含浸後、乾燥する。乾燥方法は、特に限定されず、自然乾燥、エアガンによる吹き つけ乾燥、あるいはオーブンによる乾燥等を用いることができる。乾燥条件は、極性 溶媒の種類にもよるが、 10〜150°Cで 5秒〜 60分間、好ましくは 25〜150°Cで 10秒 〜30分間、更に好ましくは 30〜120°Cで、 1分〜 10分間である。  [0069] After impregnation, dry. The drying method is not particularly limited, and natural drying, spray drying with an air gun, drying with an oven, or the like can be used. The drying conditions depend on the type of polar solvent, but are 10 to 150 ° C for 5 seconds to 60 minutes, preferably 25 to 150 ° C for 10 seconds to 30 minutes, more preferably 30 to 120 ° C, 1 Min to 10 min.

[0070] この含浸 ·乾燥処理では、アミノィ匕合物を含む極性溶媒の溶液がアルカリ処理層面 力もその内部に浸透して、ァミノ化合物含有層が形成される。浸透する厚み、すなわ ちァミノ化合物含有層の厚みは、アルカリ処理層の厚みの 1/10〜1.5倍、好ましくは 1 /2〜1.2倍、より好ましくは 0.8〜1.2倍の厚みであることがよい。乾燥して得られたポリ イミド榭脂層は、表面が改質され、接着性が向上した改質層を表面に有する表面処 理ポリイミド榭脂層となる。  [0070] In this impregnation / drying treatment, a solution of a polar solvent containing an amino compound penetrates into the alkali treatment layer surface force to form an amino compound-containing layer. The permeation thickness, that is, the thickness of the amino compound-containing layer should be 1/10 to 1.5 times, preferably 1/2 to 1.2 times, more preferably 0.8 to 1.2 times the thickness of the alkali treatment layer. Good. The polyimide resin layer obtained by drying becomes a surface-treated polyimide resin layer having a modified layer whose surface is modified and adhesion is improved.

[0071] 工程 a及び工程 bでポリイミド榭脂層の表面が改質された表面処理ポリイミド榭脂層 は接着性が優れるため金属箔、榭脂フィルム、他のポリイミド榭脂層等との接着用途 に適する。また、ァミノ化合物含有層はイミド化処理することにより、イミド化して改質ィ ミド化層を形成するが、この改質イミド化層も接着性が優れるため金属箔、榭脂フィル ム、他のポリイミド榭脂層等との接着用途に適する。  [0071] Since the surface-treated polyimide resin layer in which the surface of the polyimide resin layer is modified in step a and step b has excellent adhesion, it is used for adhesion to metal foil, resin film, other polyimide resin layers, etc. Suitable for. In addition, the amino compound-containing layer is imidized by imidization to form a modified imidized layer. This modified imidized layer is also excellent in adhesiveness, and thus has a metal foil, a resin film, and the like. Suitable for bonding with polyimide resin layer.

[0072] 本発明のポリイミド榭脂層の表面に改質層を形成する方法においては、工程 a及び 工程 bに加えて、工程 cを備えることが好ましい。  [0072] In the method for forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer of the present invention, it is preferable to include step c in addition to step a and step b.

[0073] 工程 cにおいては、上記アミノ化合物含有層をイミド化処理して改質イミド化層を形 成する。イミドィ匕は、加熱によるイミド化又は触媒を利用したィ匕学的イミド化のどちらで も可能であり、限定されないが、例えば、加熱によるイミドィ匕を行う場合は、 100〜40 0°C、好ましくは 150〜400°Cの温度で完全にイミドィ匕を行うことがよぐイミド化が不 十分である場合には、触媒による化学的イミドィ匕を併用してもよい。このイミドィ匕処理 では、ァミノ化合物と、ポリイミド榭脂層、特にアルカリ処理層に存在する末端カルボ キシル基が反応してイミドィ匕する反応が主であると考えられる。したがって、工程 aに おいて低分子量ィ匕され、末端カルボキシル基が増加したポリイミド榭脂が、工程 cに おいて低分子量化された状態で末端がイミド化されて安定化され、その結果、ポリイ ミド榭脂層の接着性が向上すると考えられる。 [0073] In step c, the amino compound-containing layer is imidized to form a modified imidized layer. The imidization can be performed either by imidization by heating or by chemical imidization using a catalyst, and is not limited. For example, when imidization by heating is performed, 100 to 400 ° C, preferably In the case where imidization is not sufficient to perform complete imidization at a temperature of 150 to 400 ° C, a chemical imidization with a catalyst may be used in combination. In this imidization treatment, it is considered that the reaction in which the amino compound reacts with the terminal carboxyl group present in the polyimide resin layer, particularly the alkali treatment layer, causes imidization. Therefore, polyimide resin having a low molecular weight and increased terminal carboxyl groups in step a is added to step c. In this state, the terminal is imidized and stabilized in a low molecular weight state, and as a result, the adhesion of the polyimide resin layer is considered to be improved.

[0074] 本発明のポリイミド榭脂層の表面に改質層を形成する方法においては、工程 aにお けるアルカリ処理層の厚みが 0. 005-3. O /z mの範囲にあることが好ましい。また、 工程 bで使用するァミノ化合物としては、第 1級又は第 2級のアミノ基を有する芳香族 ァミンであることがよい。そして、ポリイミド榭脂層は、積層体の表面層を形成するポリ イミド榭脂層であることもよぐまた、ポリイミド榭脂フィルムの表面層を形成するポリイミ ド、樹月旨層であることちよい。  [0074] In the method for forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer of the present invention, the thickness of the alkali-treated layer in step a is preferably in the range of 0.005-3. O / zm. . The amino compound used in step b is preferably an aromatic amine having a primary or secondary amino group. The polyimide resin layer may be a polyimide resin layer that forms the surface layer of the laminate, or it may be a polyimide or resin layer that forms the surface layer of the polyimide resin film. Good.

[0075] 次に、本発明の金属張積層板の製造方法について詳細を説明する。金属張積層 板の製造方法は、改質層を形成する工程 I)と、工程 I)で形成された改質層に金属層 を設ける工程を備える。  [0075] Next, the method for producing the metal-clad laminate of the present invention will be described in detail. The method for producing a metal-clad laminate includes a step I) of forming a modified layer and a step of providing a metal layer on the modified layer formed in step I).

[0076] 工程 I)における工程 a及び工程 b、又は工程 a、工程 b及び工程 cは、上記ポリイミド榭 脂層の表面に改質層を形成する方法と同様に行うことができる。金属張積層板の製 造方法においては、工程 a及び工程 bにカ卩えて、工程 cを備えることが好ましい。この 方法で得られた表面処理ポリイミド榭脂層を工程 II)に付す。  [0076] Step a and step b or step a, step b and step c in step I) can be performed in the same manner as in the method for forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer. In the method for producing a metal-clad laminate, it is preferable to include step c in addition to step a and step b. The surface-treated polyimide resin layer obtained by this method is subjected to step II).

[0077] 工程 Π)は、工程 I)で形成された改質層に金属層を設ける工程である。金属層を設け る方法としては、改質層の表面に金属箔を重ね合わせ、熱圧着する方法 (工程 d)、 又は金属薄膜層を形成する方法 (工程 e)がある。工程 I)で形成された改質層には、 工程 bで得られた改質層と、工程 cで得られた改質層とがある力 工程 II)におけるェ 程 d及び工程 eはいずれの改質層に対しても同様に行うことができる。金属層を構成 する金属としては、鉄、ニッケル、ベリリウム、アルミニウム、亜鉛、インジウム、銀、金、 スズ、ジルコニウム、ステンレス、タンタル、チタン、銅、鉛、マグネシウム、マンガン及 びこれらの合金箔が挙げられる。この中でも、銅、銅合金又はステンレスが適する。金 属層の厚みは 0. 001〜50 111、好ましくは0. 1〜30 /ζ πιの範囲がよい。  [0077] Step i) is a step of providing a metal layer on the modified layer formed in step I). As a method for providing the metal layer, there is a method in which a metal foil is superposed on the surface of the modified layer and thermocompression bonded (step d), or a method of forming a metal thin film layer (step e). The modified layer formed in step I) has the force of the modified layer obtained in step b and the modified layer obtained in step c. The same can be done for the modified layer. Examples of the metal constituting the metal layer include iron, nickel, beryllium, aluminum, zinc, indium, silver, gold, tin, zirconium, stainless steel, tantalum, titanium, copper, lead, magnesium, manganese, and alloy foils thereof. Among these, copper, copper alloy, or stainless steel is suitable. The thickness of the metal layer is in the range of 0.001 to 50111, preferably 0.1 to 30 / ζ πι.

[0078] 工程 dにおいて、熱圧着する方法は特に制限されず、適宜公知の方法を採用する ことができる。金属箔を張り合わせる方法としては、通常のハイド口プレス、真空タイプ のハイド口プレス、オートクレーブ加圧式真空プレス、連続式熱ラミネ一タ等を挙げる ことができる。金属箔を張り合わせる方法の中でも、十分なプレス圧力が得られ、残 存揮発分の除去も容易に行え、更に金属箔の酸ィ匕を防止することができるという観 点から真空ハイド口プレス、連続式熱ラミネータを用いることが好まし 、。 [0078] In step d, the method of thermocompression bonding is not particularly limited, and a known method can be adopted as appropriate. Examples of the method of laminating the metal foil include a normal hide mouth press, a vacuum type hide mouth press, an autoclave pressurizing vacuum press, and a continuous thermal laminator. Among the methods of laminating metal foils, sufficient press pressure can be obtained and the remaining It is preferable to use a vacuum-hide-mouth press and a continuous thermal laminator from the viewpoint that the volatile components can be easily removed, and further, the oxidation of the metal foil can be prevented.

[0079] また、熱圧着は、 150〜450°Cの範囲内に加熱しながら金属箔をプレスすることが 好まし ヽ。より好ましく ίま 150〜400°Cの範囲内である。更【こ、好ましく ίま 150〜380 °Cの範囲内である。別の観点からはポリイミド榭脂層又は改質イミド化層のガラス転 移温度以上の温度であることがよい。また、プレス圧力については、使用するプレス 機器の種類にもよる力 通常、 l〜50MPa程度が適当である。 [0079] In thermocompression bonding, it is preferable to press the metal foil while heating in the range of 150 to 450 ° C. More preferably, it is in the range of 150 to 400 ° C. More preferably, it is within the range of 150 to 380 ° C. From another point of view, the temperature is preferably equal to or higher than the glass transition temperature of the polyimide resin layer or the modified imidized layer. As for the press pressure, a force that depends on the type of press equipment used is usually about 1-50 MPa.

[0080] 金属箔としては、鉄箔、ニッケル箔、ベリリウム箔、アルミニウム箔、亜鉛箔、インジゥ ム箔、銀箔、金箔、スズ箔、ジルコニウム箔、ステンレス箔、タンタル箔、チタン箔、銅 箔、鉛箔、マグネシウム箔、マンガン箔及びこれらの合金箔が挙げられる。この中でも 、銅箔 (銅合金箔を含む)又はステンレス箔が適する。ここでいう銅箔とは、銅又は銅 を主成分とする銅合金の箔を言う。好ましくは銅含有率が 90質量%以上、特に好ま しくは 95質量%以上の銅箔である。銅箔が含有している金属としては、クロム、ジル コ-ゥム、ニッケル、シリコン、亜鉛、ベリリウム等を挙げることができる。また、これらの 金属が 2種類以上含有される合金箔であっても良い。また、ステンレス箔は、材質に 制限はないが、例えば SUS304のようなステンレス箔が好ましい。 [0080] As metal foil, iron foil, nickel foil, beryllium foil, aluminum foil, zinc foil, indium foil, silver foil, gold foil, tin foil, zirconium foil, stainless steel foil, tantalum foil, titanium foil, copper foil, lead Examples of the foil include magnesium foil, manganese foil, and alloy foils thereof. Among these, copper foil (including copper alloy foil) or stainless steel foil is suitable. The copper foil here means copper or a copper alloy foil containing copper as a main component. Preferred is a copper foil having a copper content of 90% by mass or more, particularly preferably 95% by mass or more. Examples of the metal contained in the copper foil include chromium, zirconium, nickel, silicon, zinc, and beryllium. An alloy foil containing two or more of these metals may also be used. The material of the stainless steel foil is not limited, but a stainless steel foil such as SUS304 is preferable.

[0081] 金属箔は、ポリイミド榭脂層が積層する面にシランカップリング剤処理が施されてい てもよい。シランカップリング剤は、アミノ基又はメルカプト基等の官能基を有するシラ ンカップリング剤が好ましぐより好ましくはアミノ基を有するシランカップリング剤がよ い。具体例としては、 3-ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、 3-ァミノプロピルトリエトキシ シラン、 2-ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、 2-ァミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、 N-(2- アミノエチル) -3-ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、 N-(2-アミノエチル) -3-ァミノプロピ ルトリエトキシシラン、 N-(2-アミノエチル) -3-ァミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン等が 挙げられる。この中でも、 3-ァミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、 3-ァミノプロピルトリメトキ シシラン、 N- (2-アミノエチル) -3-ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、 N- (2-アミノエチル ) -3-ァミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、 3-トリエトキシシリル- N- (1,3-ジメチルブチ リデン)プロピルアミン及び N-フエ-ル- 3-ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン力も選択さ れる少なくとも 1種であることがよい。特に、 3-ァミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、 3-アミ ノプロピルトリメトキシシランが好まし 、。 [0081] The metal foil may be treated with a silane coupling agent on the surface on which the polyimide resin layer is laminated. As the silane coupling agent, a silane coupling agent having a functional group such as an amino group or a mercapto group is preferred, and a silane coupling agent having an amino group is more preferred. Specific examples include 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) − Examples include 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, and N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminominomethyldimethoxysilane. Among these, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminominotrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3- Aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N- (1,3-dimethylbutylidene) propylamine, and N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane must also be selected. Is good. In particular, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-amino Nopropyltrimethoxysilane is preferred.

[0082] シランカップリング剤は極性溶媒の溶液として使用する。極性溶媒としては、水又は 水を含有する極性有機溶媒が適する。極性有機溶媒としては、水との親和性を有す る極性の液体であれば、特に限定されない。このような極性有機溶媒として、例えば 、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、アセトン、テトラヒドロフラ ン、ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルァセトアミド等が挙げられる。シランカップリング剤 溶液 ίま、 0. 01〜5重量0 /0、好ましく ίま 0. 1〜2. 0重量0 /0、より好ましく ίま 0. 5〜1. 0 重量%濃度の溶液がよい。 [0082] The silane coupling agent is used as a solution in a polar solvent. As the polar solvent, water or a polar organic solvent containing water is suitable. The polar organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is a polar liquid having an affinity for water. Examples of such polar organic solvents include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, and the like. Silane coupling agent solution ί Also, 0.01 to 5 weight 0/0, preferably ί or 0.1 to 2.0 wt 0/0, more preferably ί or 0.5 to 1.0 wt% concentration solution of Good.

[0083] シランカップリング剤処理は、シランカップリング剤を含む極性溶媒の溶液が接触す る方法であれば、特に限定されず、公知の方法を利用することができる。例えば、浸 漬法、スプレー法、刷毛塗りあるいは印刷法等を用いることができる。温度は 0〜: LOO °C、好ましくは 10〜40°C付近の常温でよい。また、浸漬時間は、浸漬法を適用する 場合、 10秒〜 1時間、好ましくは 30秒〜 15分間処理することが有効である。処理後 、乾燥する。乾燥方法は、特に限定されず、自然乾燥、エアガンによる吹きつけ乾燥 、あるいはオーブンによる乾燥等を用いることができる。乾燥条件は、極性溶媒の種 類にもよるが、 10〜150°Cで 5秒〜 60分間、好ましくは 25〜150°Cで 10秒〜 30分 間、更に好ましくは 30〜 120°Cで 1分〜 10分間である。  The silane coupling agent treatment is not particularly limited as long as it is a method in which a solution of a polar solvent containing a silane coupling agent comes into contact with the silane coupling agent, and a known method can be used. For example, an immersion method, a spray method, a brush coating method or a printing method can be used. The temperature may be 0 to: LOO ° C, preferably 10 to 40 ° C. In the case of applying the immersion method, it is effective to treat the immersion time for 10 seconds to 1 hour, preferably 30 seconds to 15 minutes. Dry after treatment. The drying method is not particularly limited, and natural drying, spray drying with an air gun, oven drying, or the like can be used. The drying conditions depend on the type of polar solvent, but are 10 to 150 ° C for 5 seconds to 60 minutes, preferably 25 to 150 ° C for 10 seconds to 30 minutes, more preferably 30 to 120 ° C. 1 to 10 minutes.

[0084] 金属箔が銅箔である例としては、フレキシブル基板用途に用いる場合が挙げられる 。この用途に用いられる場合の銅箔の好ましい厚みは 3〜50 /ζ πιの範囲であり、より 好ましくは 5〜30 μ mの範囲であるが、ファインピッチの要求される用途で用いられる 銅張積層板には、薄い銅箔が好適に用いられ、この場合、 5〜20 mの範囲が適し ている。また、本発明は表面粗度が小さい銅箔を用いても榭脂層に対する優れた接 着性が得られることから、特に、表面粗度が小さい銅箔を用いる場合に適している。 好ましい銅箔の表面粗度は、十点平均粗さで 0. 1〜3 /ζ πιの範囲が適している。特 に、ファインピッチの要求される用途で用いられる銅箔については、表面粗度は十点 平均粗さで 0. 1〜1. 0 mが適している。  [0084] As an example in which the metal foil is a copper foil, there is a case where it is used for a flexible substrate. The preferred thickness of the copper foil when used in this application is in the range of 3-50 / ζ πι, more preferably in the range of 5-30 μm. Thin copper foil is preferably used for the laminate, and in this case, a range of 5 to 20 m is suitable. In addition, the present invention is particularly suitable when a copper foil having a low surface roughness is used because excellent adhesion to the resin layer can be obtained even if a copper foil having a low surface roughness is used. The preferred surface roughness of the copper foil is 10-point average roughness in the range of 0.1 to 3 / ζ πι. In particular, for copper foils used in applications where fine pitch is required, a 10-point average roughness of 0.1 to 1.0 m is suitable for the surface roughness.

[0085] 金属箔がステンレス箔である例としては、ハードディスクドライブに搭載されているサ スペンション(以下、 HDDサスペンション)用途に用いる場合が挙げられる。この用途 として用いられる場合のステンレス箔の好ましい厚みは 10〜: LOO mの範囲がよぐ より好ましくは 15〜70 μ mの範囲がよぐ更に好ましくは 15〜50 μ mの範囲がよい。 [0085] An example in which the metal foil is a stainless steel foil is a case where the metal foil is used for a suspension (hereinafter referred to as HDD suspension) mounted on a hard disk drive. This application The preferred thickness of the stainless steel foil when used as 10 is: the range of LOO m is more preferable, the range of 15 to 70 μm is more preferable, and the range of 15 to 50 μm is more preferable.

[0086] 本発明の金属張積層板の製造方法によって得られる積層板は、ポリイミド榭脂層の 片面又は両面に金属箔を有する積層板である。片面に金属箔を有する積層板は、 本発明の表面処理方法によって得られた表面処理ポリイミド榭脂層に金属箔を積層 すること〖こより得られる。表面処理ポリイミド榭脂層がガラス、榭脂フィルム等の基材に 積層されている場合は、積層板としたのち、これを必要により基材から剥離する。表 面処理ポリイミド榭脂層が銅箔等の金属箔に積層されている場合は、このポリイミド榭 脂層側に金属箔を積層することにより両面金属張積層板とすることができる。また、両 面に金属箔を有する金属張積層板は、上記の方法の他、表面処理ポリイミド榭脂層 の両面が表面処理されて 、る場合は、この両面に金属箔を積層することにより得られ る。更に、片面に金属箔を有する片面金属張積層板を製造したのち、少なくとも 1枚 の片面金属張積層板について上記のポリイミド榭脂層の表面処理を行ったのち、 2 枚の片面金属張積層板のポリイミド層を重ね合わせて熱圧着する方法によっても製 造できる。 [0086] The laminate obtained by the method for producing a metal-clad laminate of the present invention is a laminate having a metal foil on one or both sides of a polyimide resin layer. A laminate having a metal foil on one side is obtained by laminating a metal foil on a surface-treated polyimide resin layer obtained by the surface treatment method of the present invention. When the surface-treated polyimide resin layer is laminated on a substrate such as glass or a resin film, it is made a laminate and then peeled off from the substrate if necessary. When the surface-treated polyimide resin layer is laminated on a metal foil such as a copper foil, a double-sided metal-clad laminate can be obtained by laminating the metal foil on the polyimide resin layer side. In addition to the above method, the metal-clad laminate having metal foil on both sides is obtained by laminating metal foil on both surfaces of the surface-treated polyimide resin layer. It is possible. Furthermore, after manufacturing a single-sided metal-clad laminate having a metal foil on one side, surface treatment of the polyimide resin layer was performed on at least one single-sided metal-clad laminate, and then two single-sided metal-clad laminates It can also be produced by a method in which the polyimide layers are stacked and thermocompression bonded.

[0087] 本発明の金属張積層板の製造方法においては、工程 aにおけるアルカリ処理層の 厚みが 0. 005-3. 0 mの範囲であることが好ましい。また、工程 bで使用するァミノ 化合物としては、第 1級又は第 2級のアミノ基を有する芳香族ァミンが好ましい。また、 少なくとも 3つの第 1級のアミノ基を官能基として有する脂肪族ァミンが好ましい。また 、アミノ基を有するシランカップリング剤が好ましい。また、ジァミノシロキサンが好まし い。また、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂が好ましい。  [0087] In the method for producing a metal-clad laminate of the present invention, the thickness of the alkali-treated layer in step a is preferably in the range of 0.005 to 3.0 m. The amino compound used in step b is preferably an aromatic amine having a primary or secondary amino group. An aliphatic amine having at least three primary amino groups as functional groups is preferred. A silane coupling agent having an amino group is preferred. Further, diaminosiloxane is preferred. Moreover, a polyimide precursor resin is preferable.

[0088] 次に、工程 II)において、工程 eを備える金属張積層板の製造方法について説明す る。工程 a及び工程 bは上記のようにして行ったのち、工程 eに付す。この金属張積層 板の製造方法においては、工程 a及び工程 bに加えて、工程 cを備えることが好ましい 。すなわち、工程 cを備える場合は、工程 cでの改質イミドィ匕層の表面に金属薄膜層を 形成する工程 e (工程 )を備える。  [0088] Next, a method for producing a metal-clad laminate including step e in step II) will be described. Step a and step b are carried out as described above, and then attached to step e. In this method for producing a metal-clad laminate, it is preferable to include step c in addition to step a and step b. That is, when the step c is provided, a step e (step) of forming a metal thin film layer on the surface of the modified imido layer in the step c is provided.

[0089] この金属張積層板の製造方法においては、工程 aでのアルカリ処理層の厚みが 0.  [0089] In this method for producing a metal-clad laminate, the thickness of the alkali-treated layer in step a is 0.

005-3. 0 mの範囲であることが好ましい。また、工程 bで使用するァミノ化合物と しては、第 1級又は第 2級のアミノ基を有する芳香族ァミンが好ましい。また、少なくと も 3つの第 1級のアミノ基を官能基として有する脂肪族ァミンが好ましい。また、ァミノ 基を有するシランカップリング剤が好ましい。また、ジァミノシロキサンが好ましい。ま た、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂が好ましい。 A range of 005-3.0 m is preferred. In addition, the amino compound used in step b and Therefore, an aromatic amine having a primary or secondary amino group is preferable. An aliphatic amine having at least three primary amino groups as functional groups is preferred. A silane coupling agent having an amino group is preferred. Further, diaminosiloxane is preferred. A polyimide precursor resin is preferred.

[0090] 工程 eにおいて、金属薄膜層を形成する方法は、特に限定されないが、例えば、真 空蒸着法、スパッタリング法、電子ビーム蒸着法、イオンプレーティング法等を使用で き、特に、スパッタリング法が好ましい。このスパッタリング法は DCスパッタ、 RFスパッ タ、 DCマグネトロンスパッタ、 RFマグネトロンスパッタ、 ECスパッタ、レーザービームス パッタ等各種手法があるが、特に制限されず、適宜採用することができる。スパッタリ ング法による金属薄膜層の形成条件については、例えば、アルゴンガスをスパッタガ スとして使用し、圧力は好ましくは 1 X 10_2〜: LPa、より好ましくは 5 X 10_2〜5 X 10— であり、スパッタ電力密度は、好ましくは l〜100Wcm_2、より好ましくは l〜50Wc m_2の条件で行う方法がょ 、。 [0090] In the step e, the method for forming the metal thin film layer is not particularly limited. For example, a vacuum evaporation method, a sputtering method, an electron beam evaporation method, an ion plating method and the like can be used. Is preferred. This sputtering method includes various methods such as DC sputtering, RF sputtering, DC magnetron sputtering, RF magnetron sputtering, EC sputtering, and laser beam sputtering, but is not particularly limited and can be appropriately employed. The conditions for forming the metal thin film layer by Supattari ring method, for example, argon gas was used as Supattaga scan, the pressure is preferably 1 X 10_ 2 ~: LPa, more preferably an 5 X 10 _2 ~5 X 10- is Yo, how to do, the sputtering power density is preferably L~100Wcm _2, more preferably l~50Wc m_ 2 conditions.

[0091] 金属薄膜の形成は、銅を薄膜層として用いることが好ましい。この際、接着性をより 向上させる下地金属薄膜層を表面処理ポリイミド榭脂層に設け、その上に銅薄膜層 を設けてもよい。下地金属薄膜層としては、ニッケル、クロムやこれらの合金層がある 。下地金属薄膜層を設ける場合、その厚みは銅薄膜層厚みの 1/2以下、好ましくは 1 /5以下で、 l〜50nm程度の厚みとすることがよい。この下地金属薄膜層もスパッタリ ング法により形成することが好ま 、。  [0091] The metal thin film is preferably formed using copper as the thin film layer. Under the present circumstances, the base metal thin film layer which improves adhesiveness more may be provided in a surface treatment polyimide resin layer, and a copper thin film layer may be provided on it. Examples of the base metal thin film layer include nickel, chromium, and an alloy layer thereof. When the base metal thin film layer is provided, the thickness thereof is 1/2 or less, preferably 1/5 or less of the thickness of the copper thin film layer, and is preferably about 1 to 50 nm. It is preferable to form the underlying metal thin film layer by sputtering.

[0092] 用いられる銅は一部に他の金属を含有する合金銅でも良い。スパッタリング法によ り形成させる銅又は銅合金は好ましくは銅含有率が 90質量%以上、特に好ましくは 95質量%以上のものである。銅が含有し得る金属としては、クロム、ジルコニウム、二 ッケル、シリコン、亜鉛、ベリリウム等を挙げることができる。また、これらの金属が 2種 類以上含有される銅合金薄膜であってもよ ヽ。  [0092] Copper to be used may be alloy copper partially containing other metals. The copper or copper alloy formed by the sputtering method preferably has a copper content of 90% by mass or more, particularly preferably 95% by mass or more. Examples of the metal that copper can contain include chromium, zirconium, nickel, silicon, zinc, and beryllium. Also, it may be a copper alloy thin film containing two or more of these metals.

[0093] 工程 e (工程 el又は工程 e2)において形成される銅薄膜層の厚みは、 0. 001〜1.  [0093] The thickness of the copper thin film layer formed in step e (step el or step e2) is 0.001 to 1.

O /z mの範囲であること力よく、好ましくは 0. 01〜0. 、より好ましくは 0. 05〜0. 5 m、更に好ましくは 0. 1〜0. 5 /z mである。銅薄膜層を更に厚くする場合には、無 電解めつき又は電解めつきによって、厚膜にしてもよい。 [0094] 次に、本発明のポリイミド榭脂層の接着方法について説明する。 The range is preferably in the range of O 2 / zm, preferably 0.01 to 0. 0, more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 m, and still more preferably 0.1 to 0.5 / zm. When the copper thin film layer is further thickened, it may be thickened by electroless plating or electrolytic plating. Next, a method for bonding the polyimide resin layer of the present invention will be described.

第一のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)と第二のポリイミド榭脂層(P2)のポリイミド榭脂層面を 重ね合わせてポリイミド榭脂層を接着する方法であり、次の工程 A)、 B)及び C)を有す る。  It is a method of bonding the polyimide resin layer by superimposing the polyimide resin layer surface of the first polyimide resin layer (P1) and the second polyimide resin layer (P2), and the following steps A), B) and C).

A)第一のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)については、工程 aに付す。  A) The first polyimide resin layer (P1) is subjected to step a.

B)第二のポリイミド榭脂層(P2)については、工程 aと工程 bに付す。  B) The second polyimide resin layer (P2) is subjected to steps a and b.

C)第一のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)の改質層面に第二のポリイミド榭脂層(P2)のァミノ 化合物含有層面を重ね合わせ、熱圧着する工程 d3に付す。  C) Superimposing the modified polyimide resin layer (P1) on the modified layer surface of the first polyimide resin layer (P2) with the amino compound-containing layer surface of the second polyimide resin layer (P2) and subjecting it to thermocompression bonding d3.

ここで、工程 aと工程 bは、上記の工程 aと工程 bと同様に行うことができる。工程 d3は 上記の工程 dと同様に行うことができる。  Here, step a and step b can be performed in the same manner as step a and step b described above. Step d3 can be performed in the same manner as step d above.

[0095] 2つのポリイミド榭脂層を用意し、その表面を改質したのち、相互に接着させる。そし て、第一のポリイミド榭脂層をポリイミド榭脂層(P1)と、第二のポリイミド榭脂層をポリイ ミド榭脂層(P2)という。ポリイミド榭脂層(P1)とポリイミド榭脂層(P2)は、同一であって も、異なってもよい。すなわち、ポリイミド榭脂の種類、ポリイミド榭脂層の積層構造、 基材の有無等において、同一であっても、異なってもよい。ポリイミド榭脂層(P1)又は ポリイミド榭脂層(P2)は単層からなることがその製造が簡便であるが、複数層からな つてもよい。複数層からなる場合は、接着性は表面層のポリイミド榭脂層によって決ま るので、接着性の向上又は表面処理に係る説明は主として表面層のポリイミド榭脂層 についての説明と理解される。  [0095] Two polyimide resin layers are prepared, their surfaces are modified, and then bonded to each other. The first polyimide resin layer is referred to as a polyimide resin layer (P1), and the second polyimide resin layer is referred to as a polyimide resin layer (P2). The polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) may be the same or different. That is, it may be the same or different in the type of polyimide resin, the laminated structure of the polyimide resin layer, the presence or absence of a substrate, and the like. The polyimide resin layer (P1) or the polyimide resin layer (P2) is simple to produce as a single layer, but may be composed of a plurality of layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, the adhesiveness is determined by the polyimide resin layer of the surface layer. Therefore, the explanation relating to the improvement of the adhesiveness or the surface treatment is understood as mainly the description of the polyimide resin layer of the surface layer.

[0096] 第一のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)につ 、ては工程 aに付し、第二のポリイミド榭脂層(P1) については工程 a及び工程 bに付す。その後、工程 d3に付す。必要に応じて、これら の工程の前後に、洗浄工程、切断工程等を付加することができる。  [0096] The first polyimide resin layer (P1) is subjected to Step a, and the second polyimide resin layer (P1) is subjected to Step a and Step b. Then, it attaches | subjects to process d3. If necessary, a washing process, a cutting process, and the like can be added before and after these processes.

[0097] 工程 d3では、ポリイミド榭脂層(P1)のアルカリ処理層面にポリイミド榭脂層(P2)のァ ミノ化合物処理層面 (これらアルカリ処理層面及びアミノ化合物処理層面を表面処理 層面という)を重ね合わせ、熱圧着する。表面処理層面は両面であっても片面であつ てもよい。表面処理層面が両面であれば、 3層以上の多層に積層することもできる。  [0097] In step d3, the amino compound treatment layer surface of the polyimide resin layer (P2) is superimposed on the alkali treatment layer surface of the polyimide resin layer (P1) (the alkali treatment layer surface and the amino compound treatment layer surface are referred to as the surface treatment layer surface). Combine and thermocompression bond. The surface treatment layer surface may be double-sided or single-sided. If the surface treatment layer surface is a double-sided surface, it can be laminated in three or more layers.

[0098] 熱圧着する方法は特に制限されず、上記金属張積層板の製造方法で説明したェ 程 dと同様な方法を採用することができる。熱圧着力イミドィ匕が生じる温度条件でなさ れれば、この熱圧着により、工程 aと工程 bに付された第二のポリイミド榭脂層(P2)に ついては、ァミノ化合物含有層が改質イミド化層を形成する。それにより、接着力がよ り向上する。 [0098] The method for thermocompression bonding is not particularly limited, and a method similar to step d described in the method for producing a metal-clad laminate may be employed. Thermocompression bonding force Then, by this thermocompression bonding, the amino compound-containing layer forms a modified imidized layer for the second polyimide resin layer (P2) subjected to steps a and b. Thereby, the adhesive strength is further improved.

[0099] ポリイミド榭脂層 (P1)及びポリイミド榭脂層 (P2)の両者が金属箔を有しない場合は、 ポリイミド榭脂層 (P1)とポリイミド榭脂層 (P2)の積層体が得られる。ポリイミド榭脂層 (P1) 及びポリイミド榭脂層 (P2)のいずれ力 1以上が、フィルム等の基材を有する場合は、片 面又は両面に基材を有するポリイミド榭脂層 (P1)とポリイミド榭脂層 (P2)の積層体が得 られる。この基材は必要により剥離することができる。ポリイミド榭脂層 (P1)とポリイミド 榭脂層 (P2)の物性が異なる場合、それぞれが有する良好な物性を併せ持つことが可 能である。更に、必要によりポリイミド榭脂層 (P1)とポリイミド榭脂層 (P2)の 1以上の層を 多層として 3層以上の積層体とすることも可能である。プリント配線板用に適した積層 板は、ポリイミド榭脂層を表面に有する積層体の片面又は両面に金属箔を熱圧着す ることにより得られる。  [0099] When both the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) do not have a metal foil, a laminate of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) is obtained. . When one or more of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) has a substrate such as a film, the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide having the substrate on one side or both sides A laminate of the resin layer (P2) is obtained. This substrate can be peeled off if necessary. When the properties of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) are different, it is possible to have the good physical properties of each. Furthermore, if necessary, one or more layers of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) can be multilayered to form a laminate of three or more layers. A laminate suitable for a printed wiring board can be obtained by thermocompression bonding a metal foil to one or both sides of a laminate having a polyimide resin layer on the surface.

[0100] ポリイミド榭脂層 (P1)及びポリイミド榭脂層 (P2)の 、ずれか一方が、ポリイミド榭脂層 の片面に金属箔を有する場合であって、他方が金属箔を有しない場合は、この熱圧 着によって、片面金属張積層板を得ることができる。この場合も、ポリイミド榭脂層 (P1) とポリイミド榭脂層 (P2)の物性が異なる場合、それぞれが有する良好な物性を併せ持 つことが可能である。更に、片面金属張積層板のポリイミド榭脂層面に金属箔を熱圧 着することにより両面金属張積層板が得られる。  [0100] When one of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) has a metal foil on one side of the polyimide resin layer, and the other does not have a metal foil, A single-sided metal-clad laminate can be obtained by this hot pressing. Also in this case, when the physical properties of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) are different, it is possible to have good physical properties of each. Furthermore, a double-sided metal-clad laminate can be obtained by heat-bonding a metal foil to the polyimide resin layer surface of the single-sided metal-clad laminate.

[0101] ポリイミド榭脂層 (P1)及びポリイミド榭脂層 (P2)が、ポリイミド榭脂層の片面に金属箔 を有する場合は、この熱圧着によって両面金属張積層板を得ることができる。この場 合も、ポリイミド榭脂層 (P1)とポリイミド榭脂層 (P2)の物性が異なる場合、それぞれが有 する良好な物性を併せ持つことが可能である。  [0101] When the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) have a metal foil on one side of the polyimide resin layer, a double-sided metal-clad laminate can be obtained by thermocompression bonding. Also in this case, when the physical properties of the polyimide resin layer (P1) and the polyimide resin layer (P2) are different, they can have good physical properties.

[0102] 次に、本発明の両面金属張積層板の製造方法について詳細を説明する。  [0102] Next, the method for producing the double-sided metal-clad laminate of the present invention will be described in detail.

ポリイミド榭脂層の片面に金属箔を有する片面金属張積層板を 2枚重ね合わせて 接着してポリイミド榭脂層の両面に金属箔を有する両面金属張積層板を製造する。 A)第一の片面金属張積層板については、ポリイミド榭脂層(P1)の表面側の層を工程 aに付す。 B)第二の片面金属張積層板については、工程 a及び工程 bに付す。 Two-sided metal-clad laminates with metal foil on one side of the polyimide resin layer are laminated and bonded together to produce a double-sided metal-clad laminate with metal foils on both sides of the polyimide resin layer. A) For the first single-sided metal-clad laminate, the layer on the surface side of the polyimide resin layer (P1) is subjected to step a. B) The second single-sided metal-clad laminate is attached to step a and step b.

C)第一の片面金属張積層板のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)のアルカリ処理層面に第二の 片面金属張積層板のポリイミド榭脂層(P2)のァミノ化合物処理層面を重ね合わせ、 熱圧着する工程工程 d3に付す。  C) Laminate the polyimide resin layer (P2) of the second single-sided metal-clad laminate with the alkali-treated layer side of the polyimide resin layer (P1) of the first single-sided metal-clad laminate, and thermocompression bond To process step d3.

ここで、工程 aと工程 b、工程 d3は上記のように行うことができる。  Here, step a, step b, and step d3 can be performed as described above.

[0103] ここで、 A)第一の片面金属張積層板について行われる工程 a、 B)第二の片面金属 張積層板にっ ヽて行われる工程 a及び工程 b、並びに C)第一の片面金属張積層板と 第二の片面金属張積層板を熱圧着する工程 d3は、用意するポリイミド榭脂層が、片 面に金属箔を有する片面金属張積層板のポリイミド榭脂層であることを除いて、上記 本発明のポリイミド榭脂層の接着方法で説明した工程 A)、工程 B)及び工程 C)、又は 工程 a、工程 b、工程 d3と同様であるため、それと同様に行うことができる。  [0103] Here, A) Step a performed on the first single-sided metal-clad laminate, B) Steps a and b performed on the second single-sided metal-clad laminate, and C) First Step d3 is a step of thermocompression bonding the single-sided metal-clad laminate and the second single-sided metal-clad laminate. D3 is a polyimide resin layer of a single-sided metal-clad laminate with a metal foil on one side. Except for step A), step B) and step C), or step a, step b and step d3 described in the method for adhering a polyimide resin layer of the present invention, Can do.

[0104] 金属箔としては、鉄箔、ニッケル箔、ベリリウム箔、アルミニウム箔、亜鉛箔、インジゥ ム箔、銀箔、金箔、スズ箔、ジルコニウム箔、ステンレス箔、タンタル箔、チタン箔、銅 箔、鉛箔、マグネシウム箔、マンガン箔及びこれらの合金箔が挙げられる。このなかで も、銅箔あるいは銅合金又はステンレス箔が適する。金属箔が銅箔である例としては 、フレキシブル基板用途に用いる場合が挙げられる。  [0104] As metal foil, iron foil, nickel foil, beryllium foil, aluminum foil, zinc foil, indium foil, silver foil, gold foil, tin foil, zirconium foil, stainless steel foil, tantalum foil, titanium foil, copper foil, lead Examples of the foil include magnesium foil, manganese foil, and alloy foils thereof. Of these, copper foil, copper alloy, or stainless steel foil is suitable. As an example in which the metal foil is a copper foil, there is a case where the metal foil is used for a flexible substrate.

[0105] この用途として用いられる場合の銅箔の好ましい厚みは 3〜50 mの範囲であり、 より好ましくは 5〜30 μ mの範囲であるが、ファインピッチの要求される用途で用いら れる両面銅張積層板には、薄い銅箔 (銅合金箔を含む)が好適に用いられ、この場 合、 5〜20 mの範囲が適している。  [0105] The preferred thickness of the copper foil when used for this purpose is in the range of 3 to 50 m, more preferably in the range of 5 to 30 μm, but it is used in applications where fine pitch is required. Thin copper foil (including copper alloy foil) is preferably used for the double-sided copper clad laminate, and in this case, a range of 5 to 20 m is suitable.

[0106] 金属箔がステンレス箔である例としては、ハードディスクドライブに搭載されているサ スペンション(以下、 HDDサスペンション)用途に用いる場合が挙げられる。この用途 として用いられる場合のステンレス箔の好ましい厚みは 10〜: LOO mの範囲がよぐ より好ましくは 15〜70 μ mの範囲がよぐ更に好ましくは 15〜50 μ mの範囲がよい。 発明を実施するための最良の形態  [0106] An example in which the metal foil is stainless steel foil is used for a suspension (hereinafter referred to as HDD suspension) mounted on a hard disk drive. The preferred thickness of the stainless steel foil when used for this purpose is in the range of 10 to: LOO m, more preferably in the range of 15 to 70 μm, and even more preferably in the range of 15 to 50 μm. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION

[0107] 以下、本発明を実施例により具体的に説明する力 本発明はこれらの実施例によつ て何ら限定されるものではない。なお、本発明の実施例において特にことわりのない 限り各種測定、評価は下記によるものである。 [0108] [接着強度の測定] [0107] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail with reference to examples. The present invention is not limited to these examples. In the examples of the present invention, various measurements and evaluations are as follows unless otherwise specified. [0108] [Measurement of adhesive strength]

接着強度の測定は、テンシロンテスター (東洋精機製作所社製)を用いて、幅 10m mの短冊状に切断したサンプルについて、室温で 180° 、 10mmピール強度を測定 することにより評価した。接着強度の判定基準として、接着強度が 0. 4kN/m以上で ある場合を合格とし、 0. 4kN/m未満である場合を不合格とした。また、接着強度が 0 . 4kN/m以上 0. 6kN/m未満である場合を良とし、 0. 6kN/m以上である場合を優良 とする。  The adhesive strength was measured by measuring a 180 mm, 10 mm peel strength at room temperature for a sample cut into a strip shape having a width of 10 mm using a Tensilon tester (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisakusho). As a criterion for determining the adhesive strength, a case where the adhesive strength was 0.4 kN / m or more was accepted, and a case where it was less than 0.4 kN / m was rejected. Also, the case where the adhesive strength is 0.4 kN / m or more and less than 0.6 kN / m is good, and the case where the adhesive strength is 0.6 kN / m or more is good.

[0109] [ガラス転移温度の測定]  [0109] [Measurement of glass transition temperature]

粘弾性アナライザー(レオメトリックサイエンスエフィー株式会社製 RSA—Π)を使つ て、 10mm幅のサンプルを用いて、 1Hzの振動を与えながら、室温から 400°Cまで 1 Using a viscoelasticity analyzer (RSA—Π, manufactured by Rheometric Science Effy Co., Ltd.), using a sample with a width of 10 mm, applying 1 Hz vibration, from room temperature to 400 ° C 1

0°CZ分の速度で昇温した際の、損失正接 (Tan δ )の極大から求めた。 It was determined from the maximum loss tangent (Tan δ) when the temperature was raised at a rate of 0 ° CZ.

[0110] [線熱膨張係数の測定] [0110] [Measurement of linear thermal expansion coefficient]

サーモメカニカルアナライザー(セイコーインスツルメンッ社製)を用い、 250°Cまで 昇温し、更にその温度で 10分保持した後、 5°CZ分の速度で冷却し、 240°Cから 10 Using a thermomechanical analyzer (Seiko Instruments Inc.), raise the temperature to 250 ° C, hold it at that temperature for 10 minutes, then cool it at a rate of 5 ° CZ.

0°Cまでの平均線熱膨張係数 (CTE)を求めた。 The average coefficient of linear thermal expansion (CTE) up to 0 ° C was determined.

[0111] [改質層の厚み測定] [0111] [Measurement of modified layer thickness]

走査型透過電子顕微鏡 (日立ノ、ィテクノロジーズ社製)を用いてサンプルの断面を 観察し、改質層の厚みを確認した。  The cross section of the sample was observed using a scanning transmission electron microscope (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) to confirm the thickness of the modified layer.

[0112] 本実施例で用いた略号は以下の化合物を示す。 [0112] The abbreviations used in the examples represent the following compounds.

BAPP: 2, 2—ビス [4— (4—アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]プロパン  BAPP: 2, 2—Bis [4— (4-Aminophenoxy) phenol] propane

ΗΑΒ :4,4' - (3,3'—ジヒドロキシ)ジアミノビフエ-ル  ΗΑΒ: 4,4 '-(3,3'-dihydroxy) diaminobiphenyl

ΤΑΡΜ:トリス(4—ァミノフエ-ル)メタノール  ΤΑΡΜ: Tris (4-aminophenol) methanol

ΤΑΕΑ:トリス(2—アミノエチノレ)ァミン  ΤΑΕΑ: Tris (2-aminoethinole) amine

DAPE: 3,4'—ジアミノジフエニルエーテル  DAPE: 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether

APES: 3 -ァミノプロピルエトキシシラン  APES: 3-Aminopropylethoxysilane

ASD :4,4'ージアミノビフエニルスルファイド  ASD: 4,4'-diaminobiphenylsulfide

DABA:4,4'—ジァミノべンズァニリド  DABA: 4,4'—Gaminobensanilide

EDA:エチレンジァミン ETA:エタノールァミン EDA: Ethylenediamine ETA: ethanolamine

PSX- Me :下式(12)で表されるジァミノシロキサン(但し、平均 m数は 1〜20の範囲で あり、平均分子量は 740である。 )  PSX-Me: diaminosiloxane represented by the following formula (12) (however, the average m-number is in the range of 1-20 and the average molecular weight is 740)

PSX-Ph:下式( 13)で表されるジァミノシロキサン(但し、 jと nの合計数は 2〜20の範 囲であり、 j、 n共に 1以上であり、平均分子量は 1, 320である。 )  PSX-Ph: diaminosiloxane represented by the following formula (13) (however, the total number of j and n is in the range of 2 to 20, j and n are both 1 or more, and the average molecular weight is 1, 320.)

H 2 N -f - C II H2-)f~ H2 ( 1 2 )H 2 N -f-C II H 2- ) f ~ H 2 (1 2)

Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001

Figure imgf000031_0002
Figure imgf000031_0002

[0114] 市販のポリイミド榭脂層の接着強度を測定するにあたり、下記 3種類の厚さ 25 μ m のポリイミドフィルムを準備した。 [0114] In measuring the adhesive strength of a commercially available polyimide resin layer, the following three types of polyimide films having a thickness of 25 µm were prepared.

1)カプトン EN :東レ 'デュポン社製、 100mm X 100mm X 25 m、線熱膨張係数 16 X I  1) Kapton EN: Toray 'DuPont, 100mm X 100mm X 25m, coefficient of linear thermal expansion 16 X I

2)アビカル NPI:鐘淵化学社製 100mm X 100mm X 25 m、線熱膨張係数 16 X 10— 6/ K 2) Avical NPI: 100 mm X 100 mm X 25 m, Kaneka Chemical Co., Ltd., linear thermal expansion coefficient 16 X 10— 6 / K

3)ユーピレックス 25S :宇部興産社製 100mm X 100mm X 25 μ m、線熱膨張係数 12 X 実施例  3) Upilex 25S: Ube Industries 100mm X 100mm X 25 μm, linear thermal expansion coefficient 12 X Example

[0115] 以下、実施例に基づいて、本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれに限定さ れないことは勿論である。  [0115] Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described based on examples, but the present invention is of course not limited thereto.

[0116] 参考例 1 [0116] Reference Example 1

425gの N, N—ジメチルァセトアミドに、 31. 8gの 2,2' ジメチルー 4,4'ージアミノビ フエ-ル及び 4. 9gの 1,3 ビス(4 アミノフエノキシ)ベンゼンを室温で 30分撹拌し た。その後、 28. 6gのピロメリット酸二無水物及び 9. 6gのビフエ-ルー 3,4,3',4'—テ トラカルボン酸二無水物を加え、窒素雰囲気下、室温で 3時間撹拌し、溶液粘度が 2 8, 000ボイズのポリアミド酸榭脂溶液を得た。このポリアミド酸榭脂溶液を、ステンレ ス基材へ塗布し、 130°Cで 5分間乾燥し、 15分かけて 360°Cまで昇温させてイミドィ匕 を完了させてステンレス基材に積層されたポリイミドフィルム 1得た。このポリイミドフィ ルム 1をステンレス基材カゝら剥離した。得られたフィルム 1の熱線膨張係数は、 21 X 1 0— 6/Kであり、ポリイミド層の厚みは 25 μ mであった。 To 425 g of N, N-dimethylacetamide, stir 31.8 g of 2,2 ′ dimethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl and 4.9 g of 1,3 bis (4 aminophenoxy) benzene at room temperature for 30 minutes. It was. After that, 28.6 g of pyromellitic dianhydride and 9.6 g of bifury 3,4,3 ', 4'-te Tracarboxylic dianhydride was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a polyamic acid resin solution having a solution viscosity of 28,000 boise. This polyamic acid resin solution was applied to a stainless steel substrate, dried at 130 ° C for 5 minutes, heated to 360 ° C over 15 minutes to complete imidization, and laminated on the stainless steel substrate. A polyimide film 1 was obtained. This polyimide film 1 was peeled off from the stainless steel substrate. The obtained film 1 had a coefficient of thermal expansion of 21 X 10 −6 / K, and the polyimide layer had a thickness of 25 μm.

[0117] 参考例 2 [0117] Reference Example 2

200gの N, N—ジメチルァセトアミドに、 14. 9gの 4,4'—ジァミノ一 2,2'—ジメチルビ フエ-ル及び 6. Olgの 4,4'ージアミノジフエ-ルエーテルを室温で 30分撹拌した。そ の後、 21. 4gのピロメリット酸二無水物をカ卩え、窒素雰囲気下、室温で 3時間撹拌し、 溶液粘度が 12, 000ボイズのポリアミド酸榭脂溶液を得た。このポリアミド酸榭脂溶液 を、このポリアミド酸榭脂溶液を、ステンレス基材へ塗布し、 130°Cで 5分間乾燥し、 1 5分かけて 360°Cまで昇温させてイミド化を完了させてステンレス基材に積層された ポリイミドフィルム 2得た。このポリイミドフィルム 2をステンレス基材力 剥離した。得ら れたフィルム 2の熱線膨張係数は、 24 X 10— 6/Kであり、ポリイミド層の厚みは 25 m であった。 To 200 g of N, N-dimethylacetamide, 14.9 g of 4,4'-diamino-1,2'-dimethylbiphenyl and 6. Olg of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether are stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. did. Thereafter, 21.4 g of pyromellitic dianhydride was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a polyamic acid resin solution having a solution viscosity of 12,000 boise. This polyamic acid resin solution is applied to a stainless steel substrate, dried at 130 ° C for 5 minutes, and heated to 360 ° C over 15 minutes to complete imidization. Thus, polyimide film 2 laminated on the stainless steel substrate was obtained. The polyimide film 2 was peeled off with a stainless steel substrate. Linear thermal expansion coefficient of the resulting films 2 is a 24 X 10- 6 / K, a thickness of the polyimide layer was 25 m.

[0118] 参考例 3 [0118] Reference Example 3

0. 41g (0. OOlmol)の 2,2—ビス [4— (4—アミノフエノキシ)フエ-ル]プロパンを 50 mlのジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテルへ溶解した溶液と、 0. 161g (0. 0005m ol)の 3,3',4,4'—べンゾフエノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物を 50mlのジエチレングリコ ールジメチルエーテルへ溶解した溶液を混合し、 2時間撹拌することで、ポリイミド前 駆体榭脂(重量平均分子量 4, 300)を含む溶液を得た。この溶液へ 900mlのメタノ ールをカ卩えたのち、 0. 101gのトリエチルァミン(0. OOlmol)を添加し、 30分攪拌し てポリイミド前駆体榭脂溶液 A (以下、前駆体 Aの溶液とも 、う)を作製した。  0.41 g (0. OOlmol) of 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenol] propane dissolved in 50 ml of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether and 0.161 g (0.005 mol) of 3 , 3 ', 4,4'-Benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride dissolved in 50 ml of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether was mixed and stirred for 2 hours to obtain polyimide precursor resin (weight average A solution containing molecular weight 4,300) was obtained. After adding 900 ml of methanol to this solution, add 0.101 g of triethylamine (0.OOlmol) and stir for 30 minutes to obtain polyimide precursor resin solution A (hereinafter, solution of precursor A). Both were produced.

[0119] 上記ポリイミド前駆体榭脂溶液中に含まれるポリイミド前駆体樹脂の重量平均分子 量は、東ソー株式会社製の HLC— 8220GPCを用い、東ソー株式会社製の TSK— GEL SUPER HM— Mを 4本連結したカラムを使用して測定した。重量平均分子 量を求めるための検量線は、標準物質としてポリスチレンを用いて作成した。展開溶 媒として、臭化リチウムとリン酸をそれぞれ 0. O3mol/Lとなるように Ν,Ν—ジメチルァセ トアミドへ混合した溶液を用いた。 [0119] The weight-average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor resin contained in the polyimide precursor resin solution is HLC-8220GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, and TSK-GEL SUPER HM-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation is 4 Measurements were made using this connected column. A calibration curve for determining the weight average molecular weight was prepared using polystyrene as a standard substance. Unfolding As a medium, a solution in which lithium bromide and phosphoric acid were mixed with Ν, Ν-dimethylacetamide so as to be 0.03 mol / L each was used.

[0120] 参考例 4 [0120] Reference Example 4

5gの 3-ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、 500gのメタノール及び 2. 5gの水を混合し 、 2時間撹拌することで、シランカップリング剤溶液を調整した。予め水洗したステンレ ス箔 1 (新日本製鐡株式会社製 SUS304 H- TA、厚み 20 μ m、榭脂層側の表面粗 度:十点平均粗さ RzO. 8 m)をシランカップリング剤溶液 (液温約 20°C)へ 30秒間 浸漬した後、一旦大気中に引き上げ、余分な液を落とした。次いで圧縮空気を約 15 秒間吹き付けて乾燥した。その後、 110°Cで 30分間加熱処理を行い、シランカツプリ ング剤処理のステンレス箔 2を得た。  A silane coupling agent solution was prepared by mixing 5 g of 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 500 g of methanol and 2.5 g of water and stirring for 2 hours. Stainless steel foil 1 (Shin Nippon Steel Co., Ltd. SUS304 H-TA, thickness 20 μm, surface roughness on the resin layer side: 10-point average roughness RzO. 8 m) previously washed with water is a silane coupling agent solution. After dipping in (liquid temperature of about 20 ° C) for 30 seconds, the liquid was once pulled up into the atmosphere and the excess liquid was dropped. Then, it was dried by blowing compressed air for about 15 seconds. Thereafter, a heat treatment was performed at 110 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a silane coupling agent-treated stainless steel foil 2.

[0121] 実施例 1 [0121] Example 1

5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を 50°C、 5分 浸漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lwt%塩酸水 溶液 (25°C)に 30秒浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を吹き付け て乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム alを得た。この表面処理ポリイミドフィ ルム alの片面におけるアルカリ処理層の厚みは 0. 70 mであった。このフィルムを 0 . 0005M濃度の BAPPのメタノール溶液(25°C)に 30秒浸漬した後、圧縮空気を吹き 付けて乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム blを得た。このフィルムを 300°Cで 3分加熱処理を行うことで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム clを作製した。このときの表面 処理ポリイミドフィルム clの片面における改質イミド化層の厚みは 0. 65 μ mであった このフィルムの両面を銅箔 1 (表面粗度: Rz = 0. 8 /ζ πι、厚さ:18 /z m)で挟み、高性 能高温真空プレス機で、 370°C、 20MPa、 1分の条件で熱プレスを行い、両面銅張 積層板 flを作製した。ポリイミドフィルムと銅箔の接着強度は、 1. OkNZmであった。  After immersing the polyimide film (Kapton EN) in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, thoroughly wash the immersed polyimide film with ion-exchanged water, and lwt% hydrochloric acid solution (25 ° C) After being soaked for 30 seconds, the surface-treated polyimide film al was obtained by thoroughly washing with ion-exchanged water, spraying with compressed air and drying. The thickness of the alkali-treated layer on one side of this surface-treated polyimide film al was 0.70 m. The film was immersed in a methanol solution (25 ° C) of 0.005 M concentration of BAPP for 30 seconds, and then dried by blowing compressed air to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film bl. This film was heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 3 minutes to produce a surface-treated polyimide film cl. At this time, the thickness of the modified imidized layer on one side of the surface-treated polyimide film cl was 0.65 μm. Copper foil 1 (surface roughness: Rz = 0.8 / ζ πι, thickness) Sas: 18 / zm) and hot-pressed with a high-performance high-temperature vacuum press at 370 ° C, 20MPa for 1 minute to produce a double-sided copper-clad laminate fl. The bond strength between the polyimide film and copper foil was 1. OkNZm.

[0122] 実施例 2 [0122] Example 2

実施例 1における 0. 0005Mの BAPPのメタノール溶液の 30秒浸漬の代わりに、 0. 001Mの DAPEのメタノール溶液(25°C)の 5分浸漬とした以外は、実施例 1と同様に して、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a2、 b2及び c2並びに両面銅張積層板 f2を作製した 。表面処理ポリイミドフィルム c2の片面における改質イミドィ匕層の厚みは 0. 52 /z mで めつに。 The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that a 0.005 M DAPE methanol solution (25 ° C) was immersed for 5 minutes in place of the 0.005 M BAPP methanol solution in Example 1. Surface-treated polyimide films a2, b2 and c2 and double-sided copper-clad laminate f2 . The thickness of the modified imido layer on one side of the surface-treated polyimide film c2 is 0.52 / zm.

[0123] 実施例 3 [0123] Example 3

実施例 1における 0. 0005Mの BAPPのメタノール溶液に 30秒浸漬の代わりに、 5分 浸漬とした以外は、実施例 1と同様にして、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a3、 b3及び c3 を作製した。ポリイミドフィルム c3を銅箔 2 (表面粗度: Rz = 1. 5 m、厚さ: 18 m)で 挟み、実施例 1と同様の条件で熱プレスを行い、両面銅張積層板 f3を作製した。  Surface-treated polyimide films a3, b3, and c3 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the immersion was performed in a methanol solution of 0.0005M BAPP in Example 1 for 5 minutes instead of 30 seconds. The polyimide film c3 was sandwiched between copper foils 2 (surface roughness: Rz = 1.5 m, thickness: 18 m) and hot pressed under the same conditions as in Example 1 to produce a double-sided copper clad laminate f3 .

[0124] 実施例 4 [0124] Example 4

実施例 1における 0. 0005Mの BAPPのメタノール溶液の 30秒浸漬の代わりに、 0. 001Mの HABのメタノール溶液(25°C)の 5分浸漬とした以外は、実施例 1と同様にし て、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a4、 b4及び c4並びに両面銅張積層板 f4を作製した。  In the same manner as in Example 1, except that a 0.005 M BAPP methanol solution in Example 1 was immersed for 30 seconds in place of a 0.001 M HAB methanol solution (25 ° C) in 5 minutes, Surface-treated polyimide films a4, b4 and c4 and double-sided copper-clad laminate f4 were prepared.

[0125] 実施例 5 [0125] Example 5

実施例 1における 0. 0005Mの BAPPのメタノール溶液の 30秒浸漬の代わりに、 0. 001Mの TAPMのメタノール溶液(25°C)の 30秒浸漬した以外は、実施例 1と同様に して、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a5、 b5及び c5並びに両面銅張積層板 f5を作製した  In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the 0.005M BAPP methanol solution in Example 1 was immersed for 30 seconds in a methanol solution of 0.001M TAPM (25 ° C) for 30 seconds, Surface-treated polyimide films a5, b5 and c5 and double-sided copper-clad laminate f5 were prepared.

[0126] 実施例 6 [0126] Example 6

実施例 1における 0. 0005Mの BAPPのメタノール溶液の 30秒浸漬の代わりに、 0. 001Mの TAEAのメタノール溶液(25°C)の 1分浸漬した以外は、実施例 1と同様にし て、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a6、 b6及び c6並びに両面銅張積層板 16を作製した。  In the same manner as in Example 1, except that 0.005 M TAEA methanol solution (25 ° C) was immersed for 1 minute instead of 30 seconds immersion in 0.005 M BAPP methanol solution in Example 1, the surface Treated polyimide films a6, b6 and c6 and double-sided copper-clad laminate 16 were produced.

[0127] 実施例 7 [0127] Example 7

5Nの水酸ィ匕カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルムを 50°C、 5分浸漬の代わりに 、 5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液(50°C)の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(ユーピレックス 25S) を 30分浸漬した以外は、実施例 1と同様にして、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a7、 b7及 び c7並びに両面銅張積層板 17を作製した。表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a7の片面に おけるアルカリ処理層の厚みは 0. 56であった。  Instead of immersing the polyimide film in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution (50 ° C), polyimide film (Iupilex 25S) in 30 minutes Surface-treated polyimide films a7, b7 and c7 and double-sided copper-clad laminate 17 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the immersion was performed. The thickness of the alkali-treated layer on one side of the surface-treated polyimide film a7 was 0.56.

[0128] 実施例 8 [0128] Example 8

5Nの水酸ィ匕カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルムを 50°C、 5分浸漬の代わりに 、 5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液(50°C)の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(参考例 1のフィルムInstead of immersing the polyimide film in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes In a 5N aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (50 ° C), a polyimide film (the film of Reference Example 1)

1)を 5分浸漬した以外は、実施例 1と同様にして、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a8、 b8 及び c8並びに両面銅張積層板 f8を作製した。表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a8の片面 におけるアルカリ処理層の厚みは 0. 22であった。 Surface-treated polyimide films a8, b8 and c8 and double-sided copper clad laminate f8 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 1) was immersed for 5 minutes. The thickness of the alkali-treated layer on one side of the surface-treated polyimide film a8 was 0.22.

[0129] 実施例 9  [0129] Example 9

5Nの水酸ィ匕カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルムを 50°C、 5分浸漬の代わりに 、 5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液(50°C)の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(参考例 2のフィルム In the 5N aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, the polyimide film is immersed in a 5N aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (50 ° C) instead of being immersed in 50 ° C for 5 minutes.

2)を 5分浸漬した以外は、実施例 1と同様にして、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a9、 b9 及び c9並びに両面銅張積層板 f9を作製した。表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a9の片面 におけるアルカリ処理層の厚みは 0. 30であった。 Surface-treated polyimide films a9, b9 and c9 and double-sided copper clad laminate f9 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 2) was immersed for 5 minutes. The thickness of the alkali-treated layer on one side of the surface-treated polyimide film a9 was 0.30.

[0130] 実施例 10  [0130] Example 10

銅箔 1の代わりに、ステンレス箔 1を使用した以外は、実施例 8と同様にして、表面 処理ポリイミドフィルム alO、blO及び clO並びに両面金属張積層板 flOを作製した。  Surface-treated polyimide films alO, blO and clO and double-sided metal-clad laminate flO were produced in the same manner as in Example 8 except that stainless steel foil 1 was used instead of copper foil 1.

[0131] 実施例 11 [0131] Example 11

銅箔 1の代わりに、ステンレス箔 2を使用した以外は、実施例 8と同様にして、表面 処理ポリイミドフィルム al 1、 bl 1及び cl 1並びに両面金属張積層板 fl 1を作製した。  Surface-treated polyimide films al 1, bl 1 and cl 1 and double-sided metal-clad laminate fl 1 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 8 except that stainless steel foil 2 was used instead of copper foil 1.

[0132] 実施例 12 [0132] Example 12

銅箔 1の代わりに、ステンレス箔 1を使用した以外は、実施例 9と同様にして、表面 処理ポリイミドフィルム al2、bl2及び cl2並びに両面金属張積層板 fl2を作製した。  Surface-treated polyimide films al2, bl2, and cl2 and double-sided metal-clad laminate fl2 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 9 except that stainless steel foil 1 was used instead of copper foil 1.

[0133] 実施例 13 [0133] Example 13

銅箔 1の代わりに、ステンレス箔 2を使用した以外は、実施例 9と同様にして、表面 処理ポリイミドフィルム al3、bl3及び cl3並びに両面金属張積層板 fl3を作製した。  Surface-treated polyimide films al3, bl3 and cl3 and double-sided metal-clad laminate fl3 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 9 except that stainless steel foil 2 was used instead of copper foil 1.

[0134] 比較例 1 [0134] Comparative Example 1

ポリイミドフィルム (カプトン EN)を銅箔 1で挟み、高性能高温真空プレス機で、 370 °C、 20MPa、 1分の条件で熱プレスを行い、両面銅張積層板を作製した。ポリイミドフ イルムと銅箔の接着強度は、 0. lkNZmであった。  A polyimide film (Kapton EN) was sandwiched between copper foils 1 and heat-pressed with a high-performance high-temperature vacuum press at 370 ° C, 20 MPa for 1 minute to produce a double-sided copper-clad laminate. The adhesive strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil was 0. lkNZm.

[0135] 比較例 2 [0135] Comparative Example 2

5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液(50°C)の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を 5分 浸漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lwt%塩酸水 溶液 (25°C)に 5分浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を吹き付けて 乾燥し、表面処理ポリイミドフィルムを作製した。このフィルムを銅箔 1で挟み、実施例 1と同様の条件で熱プレスを行い、両面銅張積層板を作製した。 Polyimide film (Kapton EN) in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution (50 ° C) for 5 minutes After soaking, thoroughly rinse the polyimide film soaked in ion-exchanged water, soak in lwt% aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (25 ° C) for 5 minutes, thoroughly rinsed with ion-exchanged water, blow with compressed air and dry. A surface-treated polyimide film was produced. This film was sandwiched between copper foils 1 and hot pressed under the same conditions as in Example 1 to produce a double-sided copper-clad laminate.

[0136] 比較例 3 [0136] Comparative Example 3

5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液(50°C)の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を 5分 浸漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lwt%塩酸水 溶液 (25°C)に 5分浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を吹き付けて 乾燥した。このフィルムを 300°Cで 3分加熱処理を行うことで表面処理ポリイミドフィル ムを作製した。このフィルムを銅箔 1で挟み、実施例 1と同様の条件で熱プレスを行い 、両面銅張積層板を作製した。  After immersing the polyimide film (Kapton EN) in 5N aqueous potassium hydroxide (50 ° C) for 5 minutes, the immersed polyimide film is thoroughly washed with ion-exchanged water, and lwt% hydrochloric acid solution (25 ° C ) Was immersed in water for 5 minutes, washed thoroughly with ion-exchanged water, and dried by blowing compressed air. The film was heat-treated at 300 ° C for 3 minutes to produce a surface-treated polyimide film. This film was sandwiched between copper foils 1 and hot pressed under the same conditions as in Example 1 to produce a double-sided copper-clad laminate.

[0137] 比較例 4 [0137] Comparative Example 4

ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を 0. 0005Mの BAPPのメタノール溶液(25°C)に 5 分浸漬した後、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾燥し、 300°Cで 3分加熱処理を行うことで表 面処理ポリイミドフィルムを作製した。このポリイミドフィルムを銅箔 1で挟み、実施例 1 と同様の条件で熱プレスを行い、両面銅張積層板を作製した。  After immersing the polyimide film (Kapton EN) in 0.005M BAPP methanol solution (25 ° C) for 5 minutes, blown with compressed air, dried, and heat-treated at 300 ° C for 3 minutes for surface treatment. A polyimide film was prepared. This polyimide film was sandwiched between copper foils 1 and hot pressed under the same conditions as in Example 1 to produce a double-sided copper-clad laminate.

[0138] 比較例 5 [0138] Comparative Example 5

ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を 0. 0005Mの BAPPのメタノール溶液(25°C)に 5 分浸漬した後、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルムを 作製した。このポリイミドフィルムを銅箔 1で挟み、実施例 1と同様の条件で熱プレスを 行い、両面銅張積層板を作製した。  A polyimide film (Kapton EN) was immersed in a 0.005M BAPP methanol solution (25 ° C) for 5 minutes, and then dried by blowing compressed air to produce a surface-treated polyimide film. This polyimide film was sandwiched between copper foils 1 and hot pressed under the same conditions as in Example 1 to produce a double-sided copper-clad laminate.

[0139] 以上の条件及び結果をまとめて表 1に示す。接着強度は、ポリイミドフィルムと銅箔 の接着強度示す。なお、実施例 1〜13及び比較例 3〜4の加熱処理は、 300°C、 3分 であり、比較例 1〜2及び 5は加熱処理はなされない。また、金属層の形成方法はす ベての例にお 、て熱圧着である。  [0139] The above conditions and results are summarized in Table 1. The adhesive strength indicates the adhesive strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil. The heat treatment of Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 3 to 4 is 300 ° C. for 3 minutes, and Comparative Examples 1 to 2 and 5 are not heat-treated. The metal layer is formed by thermocompression bonding in all examples.

[0140] [表 1] アルカリ処理層 接着強度 ホ。リイミト'フィルム ァミノ化合物 金属箔 [0140] [Table 1] Alkali treatment layer Adhesive strength e. Reimito Film Amino Compound Metal Foil

厚み( m) ( k /m) 実施例 1 カフ。 f> EN 0. 70 BAPP 銅箔 1 1. 0 実施例 2 カフ。トン EN 0. 70 DAPE 銅箔 1 0. 9 実施例 3 カフ。 F> EN 0. 70 BAPP 銅箔 2 0. 6 実施例 4 カフ'トン腿 0. 70 HAB 銅箔 1 0. 7 実施例 5 カフ。トン EN 0. 70 TAPM 銅箔 1 0. 6 実施例 6 カ トン EN 0. 70 TAEA 銅箔 1 0. 8 実施例 7 ユ-ピレックス 25S 0. 56 BAPP 銅箔 1 1. 0 実施例 8 フィルム 1 0. 22 BAPP 銅箔 1 1. 2 実施例 9 フィルム 2 0. 30 BAPP 銅箔 1 1. 0 実施例 10 フィルム 1 0. 22 BAPP ステンレス箔 1 0. 9 実施例 1 1 フィルム 1 0. 22 BAPP ステンレス箔 2 1. 2 実施例 12 フィルム 2 0. 30 BAPP ステンレス箔 1 0. 9 実施例 13 フィルム 2 0. 30 BAPP ステンレス箔 2 1. 0 比較例 1 カフ。 YJ ― 一 銅箔 1 0. 1 比較例 2 カフ。 F EN 0. 70 ― 銅箔 1 0. 1 比較例 3 カフ。トン EN 0. 70 ― 銅箔 1 0. 1 比較例 4 カ f> EN ― BAPP 銅箔 1 0. 1 比較例 5 力,トン EN ― BAPP 銅箔 1 0. 1 実施例 14  Thickness (m) (k / m) Example 1 Cuff. f> EN 0. 70 BAPP Copper foil 1 1.0 Example 2 Cuff. Ton EN 0. 70 DAPE Copper foil 1 0.9 Example 3 Cuff. F> EN 0. 70 BAPP Copper foil 2 0.6 Example 4 cuff 'thigh 0. 70 HAB Copper foil 1 0. 7 Example 5 Cuff. Ton EN 0. 70 TAPM Copper foil 1 0. 6 Example 6 Katon EN 0. 70 TAEA Copper foil 1 0. 8 Example 7 Upilex 25S 0.56 BAPP Copper foil 1 1. 0 Example 8 Film 1 0. 22 BAPP copper foil 1 1.2 Example 9 film 2 0. 30 BAPP copper foil 1 1. 0 Example 10 film 1 0.22 BAPP stainless steel foil 1 0. 9 Example 1 1 film 1 0. 22 BAPP Stainless Foil 2 1.2 Example 12 Film 2 0. 30 BAPP Stainless Foil 1 0.9 Example 13 Film 2 0. 30 BAPP Stainless Foil 2 1.0 Comparative Example 1 Cuff. YJ ― 1 Copper foil 1 0.1 Comparative example 2 Cuff. F EN 0. 70 ― Copper foil 1 0. 1 Comparative example 3 Cuff. Ton EN 0. 70 ― Copper foil 1 0. 1 Comparative example 4 F> EN ― BAPP Copper foil 1 0. 1 Comparative example 5 Power, ton EN ― BAPP Copper foil 1 0. 1 Example 14

5Nの水酸ィ匕カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルム (カプトン EN)を 50°C、 5分 浸漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lwt%塩酸水 溶液 (25°C)に 5分浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を吹き付けて 乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム al4を得た。このフィルムを 0. 5wt%の AP ES水溶液に 30秒間浸漬後、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾燥することで、表面処理ポリィ ミドフィルム bl4を得た。 このフィルムを 110°Cで 30分間加熱乾燥した後、銅箔 1で挟み、高性能高温真空 プレス機で、 370°C、 20MPa、 1分の条件で熱プレスを行い、両面銅張積層板 dl4を 作製した。ポリイミドフィルムと銅箔の接着強度は、 0. 4kNZmであった。 After immersing the polyimide film (Kapton EN) in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, thoroughly wash the immersed polyimide film with ion-exchanged water and add lwt% hydrochloric acid solution (25 ° C After being immersed in C) for 5 minutes, it was thoroughly washed with ion-exchanged water, sprayed with compressed air and dried to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film al4. This film was immersed in a 0.5 wt% AP ES aqueous solution for 30 seconds, and then dried by blowing compressed air to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film bl4. This film was heat-dried at 110 ° C for 30 minutes, then sandwiched between copper foils 1, and then hot-pressed at 370 ° C, 20 MPa for 1 minute with a high-performance high-temperature vacuum press machine. Was made. The adhesive strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil was 0.4 kNZm.

[0142] 比較例 6 [0142] Comparative Example 6

ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を 0. 5wt%の APES水溶液に 30秒間浸漬後、圧縮 空気を吹き付けて乾燥し、 110°Cで 30分間加熱乾燥した。このポリイミドフィルムを実 施例 1と同様にして両面銅張積層板を作製したが、処理層が固結し、接着不能であ つた。以上の条件及び結果をまとめて表 2に示す。  A polyimide film (Kapton EN) was immersed in a 0.5 wt% APES aqueous solution for 30 seconds, dried by blowing compressed air, and dried by heating at 110 ° C for 30 minutes. A double-sided copper-clad laminate was produced from this polyimide film in the same manner as in Example 1, but the treated layer was consolidated and could not be bonded. The above conditions and results are summarized in Table 2.

[0143] [表 2] [0143] [Table 2]

Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001

[0144] 実施例 15 [0144] Example 15

5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を 50°C、 5分 浸漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lwt%塩酸水 溶液 (25°C)に 5分浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を吹き付けて 乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム al5を得た。このフィルムを参考例 3のポリ イミド前駆体榭脂溶液 A(25°C)に 5分間浸漬した後、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾燥す ることで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム bl5を得た。このフィルムを 300°Cで 3分加熱処 理を行うことで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム cl5を作製した。  After immersing the polyimide film (Kapton EN) in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, thoroughly wash the immersed polyimide film with ion-exchanged water, and lwt% hydrochloric acid solution (25 ° C) After being soaked for 5 minutes, the surface-treated polyimide film al5 was obtained by thoroughly washing with ion-exchanged water, spraying with compressed air and drying. This film was immersed in the polyimide precursor resin solution A (25 ° C) of Reference Example 5 for 5 minutes, and then dried by blowing compressed air to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film bl5. The film was heat-treated at 300 ° C for 3 minutes to produce a surface-treated polyimide film cl5.

このフィルムを銅箔 1で挟み、高性能高温真空プレス機で、 370°C、 20MPa、 1分の 条件で熱プレスを行い、両面銅張積層板 fl5を作製した。ポリイミドフィルムと銅箔の 接着強度は、 1. lkNZmであった。  This film was sandwiched between copper foils 1 and heat-pressed with a high-performance high-temperature vacuum press at 370 ° C, 20 MPa for 1 minute to produce a double-sided copper clad laminate fl5. The bond strength between the polyimide film and copper foil was 1. lkNZm.

[0145] 実施例 16 [0145] Example 16

5Nの水酸ィ匕カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルムを 50°C、 5分浸漬の代わりに 、 5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液(50°C)の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(ユーピレックス 25S) を 30分浸漬した以外は、実施例 15と同様にして、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム al6、 bl 6及び cl6並びに両面銅張積層板 fl6を作製した。 In 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution, polyimide film is immersed in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution (50 ° C) instead of 5 minutes immersion at 50 ° C in polyimide film (Upilex 25S) A surface-treated polyimide film al6, bl6 and cl6 and a double-sided copper-clad laminate fl6 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 15 except that the film was immersed for 30 minutes.

[0146] 実施例 17 [0146] Example 17

5Nの水酸ィ匕カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルムを 50°C、 5分浸漬の代わりに 、 1Nの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液(50°C)の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(アビカル NPI)を 1 0分浸漬した以外は、実施例 15と同様にして、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム al7、 bl7及 び cl7並びに両面銅張積層板 fl7を作製した。表面処理ポリイミドフィルム al7の片面 における改質層の厚みは 0. 73 /z mであった。  In a 5N aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, instead of immersing the polyimide film at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, in a 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (50 ° C), the polyimide film (Abical NPI) is 10 A surface-treated polyimide film al7, bl7 and cl7 and a double-sided copper-clad laminate fl7 were produced in the same manner as in Example 15 except that the immersion was carried out. The thickness of the modified layer on one side of the surface-treated polyimide film al7 was 0.73 / zm.

[0147] 実施例 18 [0147] Example 18

5Nの水酸ィ匕カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルムを 50°C、 5分浸漬の代わりに 、 5Nの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液(50°C)の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(参考例 1のフィル ム 1)を 5分浸漬した以外は、実施例 15と同様にして、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム al8 、 bl8及び cl8並びに両面銅張積層板 fl8を作製した。  Instead of immersing the polyimide film in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, in the 5N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (50 ° C), the polyimide film (film of Reference Example 1) Surface-treated polyimide films al8, bl8 and cl8 and double-sided copper clad laminate fl8 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 15 except that 1) was immersed for 5 minutes.

[0148] 実施例 19 [0148] Example 19

5Nの水酸ィ匕カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルムを 50°C、 5分浸漬の代わりに 、 5Nの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液(50°C)の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(参考例 2のフィル ム 2)を 5分浸漬した以外は、実施例 15と同様にして、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム al9 、 bl9及び cl9並びに両面銅張積層板 fl9を作製した。  Instead of immersing the polyimide film in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, in the 5N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (50 ° C), the polyimide film (film of Reference Example 2) Surface-treated polyimide films al9, bl9 and cl9 and double-sided copper clad laminate fl9 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 15 except that 2) was immersed for 5 minutes.

[0149] 比較例 7 [0149] Comparative Example 7

ポリイミドフィルム (カプトン EN)をポリイミド前駆体榭脂溶液 A (25°C)に 5分浸漬し た後、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾燥し、 300°Cで 3分加熱処理を行うことで表面処理ポ リイミドフィルムを作製した。このフィルムを銅箔 1で挟み、実施例 15と同様の条件で 熱プレスを行い、両面銅張積層板を作製した。  After immersing the polyimide film (Kapton EN) in polyimide precursor resin solution A (25 ° C) for 5 minutes, it is dried by spraying with compressed air, and heat treatment is performed at 300 ° C for 3 minutes. A imide film was prepared. This film was sandwiched between copper foils 1 and hot pressed under the same conditions as in Example 15 to produce a double-sided copper-clad laminate.

[0150] 比較例 8 [0150] Comparative Example 8

ポリイミドフィルム (カプトン EN)をポリイミド前駆体榭脂溶液 A (25°C)に 5分浸漬し た後、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルムを作製した 。このフィルムを銅箔 1で挟み、実施例 15と同様の条件で熱プレスを行い、両面銅張 積層板を作製した。ポリイミドフィルムと銅箔の接着強度は、 0. lkNZmであった。結 果を表 3に示す。 After immersing the polyimide film (Kapton EN) in the polyimide precursor resin solution A (25 ° C) for 5 minutes, a surface-treated polyimide film was produced by blowing compressed air and drying. This film was sandwiched between copper foils 1 and hot pressed under the same conditions as in Example 15 to produce a double-sided copper-clad laminate. The adhesive strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil was 0. lkNZm. Result The results are shown in Table 3.

[0151] 以上の条件及び結果、ポリイミドフィルムと銅箔の接着強度をまとめて表 3に示す。  [0151] The above conditions and results, and the adhesive strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil are summarized in Table 3.

なお、実施例 15〜 19及び比較例 7の加熱処理は、 300°C、 3分であり、比較例 8は加 熱処理はなされない。また、金属層の形成方法はすべての例において熱圧着である  The heat treatment of Examples 15 to 19 and Comparative Example 7 is 300 ° C. for 3 minutes, and Comparative Example 8 is not subjected to heat treatment. The metal layer is formed by thermocompression bonding in all examples.

[0152] [表 3] [0152] [Table 3]

Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001

[0153] 実施例 20 [0153] Example 20

5Nの水酸ィ匕カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を 50°C、 5分 浸漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lwt%塩酸水 溶液 (25°C)に 5分浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を吹き付けて 乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a20を得た。このフィルムを 0. 5wt%の PS X-Phのメタノール溶液 (25°C)に 30秒間浸漬後、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾燥するこ とで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム b20を得た。  After immersing the polyimide film (Kapton EN) in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, thoroughly wash the immersed polyimide film with ion-exchanged water, and then add lwt% hydrochloric acid solution (25 ° C After immersing in C) for 5 minutes, the surface-treated polyimide film a20 was obtained by thoroughly washing with ion-exchanged water, spraying with compressed air, and drying. This film was immersed in a 0.5 wt% PS X-Ph methanol solution (25 ° C.) for 30 seconds, and then dried by blowing compressed air to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film b20.

このフィルムを 110°Cで 30分間加熱乾燥した後、銅箔 1で挟み、高性能高温真空 プレス機で、 370°C、 20MPa、 1分の条件で熱プレスを行うことで、両面銅張積層板 d 20を作製した。ポリイミドフィルムと銅箔の接着強度は、 0. 4kNZmであった。  This film is heat-dried at 110 ° C for 30 minutes, then sandwiched between copper foils 1, and then hot-pressed at 370 ° C, 20MPa for 1 minute with a high-performance high-temperature vacuum press. Plate d 20 was produced. The adhesive strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil was 0.4 kNZm.

[0154] 実施例 21 [0154] Example 21

実施例 20における 0. 5wt%の PSX- Phのメタノール溶液に 30秒間浸漬の代わりに 、 0. 5wt%の PSX-Meのメタノール溶液(25°C)に 30秒間浸漬した以外は、実施例 2 0と同様にして、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a21及び b21並びに両面銅張積層板 d21を 作製した。 Instead of dipping in 0.5 wt% PSX-Ph methanol solution in Example 20 for 30 seconds Surface treated polyimide films a21 and b21 and double-sided copper-clad laminate d21 were prepared in the same manner as Example 20 except that it was immersed in a methanol solution (25 ° C) of 0.5 wt% PSX-Me for 30 seconds. did.

[0155] 比較例 9 [0155] Comparative Example 9

ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を 0. 5wt%の PSX- Phのメタノール溶液(25°C)に 30 秒間浸漬後、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾燥し、 110°Cで 30分間加熱乾燥した。このポ リイミドフィルムを実施例 1と同様にして両面銅張積層板を作製したが、処理層が固 結し、接着不能であった。  The polyimide film (Kapton EN) was dipped in 0.5 wt% PSX-Ph methanol solution (25 ° C) for 30 seconds, dried by blowing compressed air, and heated and dried at 110 ° C for 30 minutes. A double-sided copper-clad laminate was produced from this polyimide film in the same manner as in Example 1, but the treated layer was fixed and could not be bonded.

[0156] 以上の条件及び結果をまとめて表 4に示す。なお、すべての例において、加熱処 理は、 110°C、 30分である。また、金属層の形成方法はすべての例において熱圧着 である。  [0156] Table 4 summarizes the above conditions and results. In all examples, the heat treatment is 110 ° C for 30 minutes. The metal layer is formed by thermocompression bonding in all examples.

[0157] [表 4]  [0157] [Table 4]

Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001

[0158] 実施例 22 [0158] Example 22

5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を 50°C、 5分 浸漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lwt%塩酸水 溶液 (25°C)に 5分浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を吹き付けて 乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a22を得た。この表面処理フィルムを 0. 5 wt%の APES水溶液に 30秒間浸漬後、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾燥することで、表面 処理ポリイミドフィルム b22を得た。このフィルムを 110°Cで 30分間加熱処理した後、こ のフィルムに金属原料が成膜されるように、 RFマグネトロンスパッタリング装置 (ANEL VA;SPF-332HS)にセットし、槽内を 3 X 10_4Paまで減圧した後、アルゴンガスを導 入し真空度を 2 X 10_1Paとし、 RF電源にてプラズマを発生した。このプラズマにて- ッケル:クロムの合金層 [比率 8 : 2、 99. 9wt%、以下、ニクロム層(第一スパッタリング 層 la)]が膜厚 30nmとなるようにポリイミドフィルムへ成膜した。ニクロム層を成膜した 後、同一雰囲気にて、この-クロム層上にさらにスパッタリングにより銅(99. 99wt% )を 0. 2 m成膜して第二スパッタリング層 lbを得た。 After immersing the polyimide film (Kapton EN) in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, thoroughly wash the immersed polyimide film with ion-exchanged water, and lwt% hydrochloric acid solution (25 ° C) After being soaked for 5 minutes, it was thoroughly washed with ion exchange water, sprayed with compressed air and dried to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film a22. This surface-treated film was immersed in a 0.5 wt% APES aqueous solution for 30 seconds and then dried by blowing compressed air to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film b22. After heat-treating this film at 110 ° C for 30 minutes, it was set in an RF magnetron sputtering device (ANEL VA; SPF-332HS) so that a metal raw material was formed on this film, and the inside of the tank was 3 X 10 After reducing the pressure to _4 Pa, argon gas was introduced and the degree of vacuum was set to 2 × 10 _1 Pa, and plasma was generated by an RF power source. In this plasma Neckel: Chrome alloy layer [ratio 8: 2, 99.9 wt%, hereinafter, a nichrome layer (first sputtering layer la)] was formed on a polyimide film so as to have a film thickness of 30 nm. After forming the nichrome layer, 0.2 m of copper (99.99 wt%) was further formed on the -chrome layer by sputtering in the same atmosphere to obtain a second sputtering layer lb.

次いで、上記銅スパッタ膜 (第二スパッタリング層 lb)を電極として電解めつき浴に て 8 μ m厚の銅めつき層(めっき層 lc)を形成した。電解めつき浴としては、硫酸銅浴( 硫酸銅 100g/L、硫酸 220g/L、塩素 40mg/L、アノードは含りん銅)を使用し、電流 密度 2. OA/dm2にてめっき膜を形成した。めっき後には十分な蒸留水で洗浄し乾燥 を行った。このようにして、ポリイミドフィルム クロム層 laZ銅スパッタ層 lbZ電解 めっき銅層 lcから構成される金属張積層板 e22を得た。ポリイミドフィルムと銅の接着 強度は、 0. 4kNZmであった。 Next, a copper plating layer (plating layer lc) having a thickness of 8 μm was formed in an electrolytic plating bath using the copper sputtered film (second sputtering layer lb) as an electrode. As an electrolytic bath, use a copper sulfate bath (copper sulfate 100 g / L, sulfuric acid 220 g / L, chlorine 40 mg / L, anode is phosphorus-containing copper), and a plating film with a current density of 2. OA / dm 2 Formed. After plating, it was washed with sufficient distilled water and dried. In this way, a metal-clad laminate e22 composed of a polyimide film, a chrome layer, a laZ copper sputter layer, a lbZ electrolytic plating copper layer, lc, was obtained. The adhesive strength between the polyimide film and copper was 0.4 kNZm.

実施例 23 Example 23

5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(参考例 2のフィルム 2)を 50 °C、 30秒間浸漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lw t%塩酸水溶液 (25°C)に 5分浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を 吹き付けて乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a23を得た。この表面処理フィ ルム a23の片面におけるアルカリ処理層の厚みは 0. 02 mであった。このフィルムを 0. 0001M濃度の BAPPのメタノール溶液(25°C)に 5分浸漬後、圧縮空気を吹き付 けて乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム b23を得た。このフィルムを 300°Cで 3 分加熱処理を行うことで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム c23を作製した。このときの表面 処理ポリイミドフィルム c23の片面における改質イミド化層の厚みは約 0. 02 μ mであ つた。このフィルムに金属原料が成膜されるように、 RFマグネトロンスパッタリング装 置(ANELVA;SPF-332HS)にセットし、槽内を 3 X 10_4Paまで減圧した後、アルゴン ガスを導入し真空度を 2 X 10_1Paとし、 RF電源にてプラズマを発生した。このプラズ マにてニッケル:クロムの合金層 [比率 8 : 2、 99. 9wt%、以下、ニクロム層(第一スパ ッタリング層 2a)]が膜厚 30nmとなるようにポリイミドフィルムへ成膜した。ニクロム層を 成膜した後、同一雰囲気にて、この-クロム層上にさらにスパッタリングにより銅(99. 99wt%)を 0. 2 μ m成膜して第二スパッタリング層 2bを得た。 次いで、上記スパッタ膜 (第二スパッタリング層 2b)を電極として電解めつき浴にて 8 IX m厚の銅めつき層(めっき層 2c)を形成した。電解めつき浴としては、硫酸銅浴 (硫 酸銅 100g/L、硫酸 220g/L、塩素 40mg/L、アノードは含りん銅)を使用し、電流密 度 2. OA/dm2にてめっき膜を形成した。めっき後には十分な蒸留水で洗浄し乾燥を 行った。このようにして、ポリイミドフィルム クロム層 2aZ銅スパッタ層 2bZ電解め つき銅層 2cから構成される金属張積層板 g23を得た。ポリイミドフィルムと銅の接着強 度は、 0. 9kNZmであった。 After immersing the polyimide film (film 2 of Reference Example 2) in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 30 seconds, the immersed polyimide film was washed thoroughly with ion-exchanged water, and lw t% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution ( After immersing in 25 ° C. for 5 minutes, the surface-treated polyimide film a23 was obtained by thoroughly washing with ion-exchanged water and spraying and drying with compressed air. The thickness of the alkali-treated layer on one side of this surface-treated film a23 was 0.02 m. This film was immersed in a methanol solution (25 ° C) of B0001 having a concentration of 0.0001 M for 5 minutes, and then dried by blowing compressed air to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film b23. This film was heat-treated at 300 ° C for 3 minutes to produce a surface-treated polyimide film c23. At this time, the thickness of the modified imidized layer on one surface of the surface-treated polyimide film c23 was about 0.02 μm. Set the RF magnetron sputtering device (ANELVA; SPF-332HS) so that the metal raw material is deposited on this film, depressurize the tank to 3 X 10 _4 Pa, and then introduce argon gas to reduce the degree of vacuum. Plasma was generated by RF power supply at 2 X 10_1 Pa. With this plasma, a nickel: chromium alloy layer [ratio 8: 2, 99.9 wt%, hereinafter referred to as a nichrome layer (first sputtering layer 2a)] was formed on a polyimide film so as to have a film thickness of 30 nm. After forming the nichrome layer, in the same atmosphere, 0.2 μm of copper (99.99 wt%) was further formed on the -chrome layer by sputtering to obtain a second sputtering layer 2b. Next, a copper plating layer (plating layer 2c) having a thickness of 8 IX m was formed in an electrolytic plating bath using the sputtered film (second sputtering layer 2b) as an electrode. As an electrolytic bath, use a copper sulfate bath (copper sulfate 100 g / L, sulfuric acid 220 g / L, chlorine 40 mg / L, anode is phosphorous copper), plating at current density 2. OA / dm 2 A film was formed. After plating, it was washed with enough distilled water and dried. In this way, a metal-clad laminate g23 composed of the polyimide film chromium layer 2aZ copper sputtered layer 2bZ electrolytic plated copper layer 2c was obtained. The bond strength between the polyimide film and copper was 0.9 kNZm.

[0160] 実施例 24 [0160] Example 24

実施例 23における 0. 0001Mの BAPPのメタノール溶液に 5分浸漬の代わりに、 0. 001Mの HABのメタノール溶液(25°C)の 5分浸漬した以外は、実施例 23と同様にし て、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a24 b24及び c24並びに金属張積層板 g24を作製した  In the same manner as in Example 23 except that the sample was immersed in a methanol solution of 0.001M HAB (25 ° C) for 5 minutes instead of being immersed in a methanol solution of 0.0001M BAPP in Example 23 for 5 minutes. Processed polyimide films a24 b24 and c24 and metal-clad laminate g24

[0161] 実施例 25 [0161] Example 25

実施例 23における 0. 0001Mの BAPPのメタノール溶液に 5分浸漬の代わりに、 0. 001Mの ASDのメタノール溶液(25°C)の 5分浸漬した以外は、実施例 23と同様にし て、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a25 b25及び c25並びに金属張積層板 g25を作製した  In the same manner as in Example 23 except that the sample was immersed in a methanol solution of 0.001M ASD (25 ° C) for 5 minutes instead of being immersed in a methanol solution of 0.0001M BAPP in Example 23 for 5 minutes. Processed polyimide films a25 b25 and c25 and metal-clad laminate g25

[0162] 実施例 26 [0162] Example 26

実施例 23における 0. 0001Mの BAPPのメタノール溶液に 5分浸漬の代わりに、 0. 001M濃度の DABAのメタノール溶液(25°C)の 5分浸漬した以外は、実施例 23と同 様にして、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a26 b26及び c26並びに金属張積層板 g26を作 製した。  Instead of immersing in 0.001 M BAPP methanol solution in Example 23 for 5 minutes instead of immersing in 0.001 M DABA methanol solution (25 ° C) for 5 minutes, the same procedure as in Example 23 was performed. Surface-treated polyimide films a26 b26 and c26 and metal-clad laminate g26 were produced.

[0163] 比較例 10 [0163] Comparative Example 10

ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を用意し、このフィルムに金属原料が成膜されるよう に、 RFマグネトロンスパッタリング装置にセットし、槽内を 3 X 10_4Paまで減圧した後 、アルゴンガスを導入し真空度を 2 X 10_1Paとし、 RF電源にてプラズマを発生した。 このプラズマにてニッケル:クロムの合金層 [比率 8 : 2 99. 9wt%、以下、ニクロム層( 第一スパッタリング層 6a)]が膜厚 30 となるようにポリイミドフィルムへ成膜した。 -ク ロム層を成膜した後、同一雰囲気にて、この-クロム層上にさらにスパッタリングにより 銅(99. 99wt%)を 0. 2 /z m成膜して第二スパッタリング層 6bを得た。 Prepare a polyimide film (Kapton EN), set it in the RF magnetron sputtering device so that the metal material is deposited on this film, depressurize the tank to 3 X 10 _4 Pa, then introduce argon gas and vacuum The temperature was set to 2 X 10 _1 Pa, and plasma was generated with an RF power source. With this plasma, a nickel: chromium alloy layer [ratio 8: 2 99.9 wt%, hereinafter, a nichrome layer (first sputtering layer 6a)] was deposited on the polyimide film to a film thickness of 30. - After forming the ROM layer, in the same atmosphere, copper (99.99 wt%) was further formed on the -chrome layer by sputtering to form a 0.2 / zm second sputtering layer 6b.

次いで、上記スパッタ膜 (第二スパッタリング層 6b)を電極として電解めつき浴にて 8 /z m厚の銅めつき層(めっき層 6c)を形成した。電解めつき浴としては、硫酸銅浴 (硫 酸銅 100g/L、硫酸 220g/L、塩素 40mg/L、アノードは含りん銅)を使用し、電流密 度 2. OA/dm2にてめっき膜を形成した。めっき後には十分な蒸留水で洗浄し乾燥を 行った。このようにして、ポリイミドフィルム クロム層 6aZ銅スパッタ層 6bZ電解め つき銅層 6cから構成される金属張積層板を得た。ポリイミドフィルムと銅箔の接着強 度は、 0. lkNZm未満であった。 Next, a copper plating layer (plating layer 6c) having a thickness of 8 / zm was formed in an electrolytic plating bath using the sputtered film (second sputtering layer 6b) as an electrode. As an electrolytic bath, use a copper sulfate bath (copper sulfate 100 g / L, sulfuric acid 220 g / L, chlorine 40 mg / L, anode is phosphorous copper), plating at current density 2. OA / dm 2 A film was formed. After plating, it was washed with enough distilled water and dried. In this manner, a metal-clad laminate composed of a polyimide film, a chromium layer, 6aZ copper sputtered layer, 6bZ electrolytically plated copper layer, 6c was obtained. The adhesion strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil was less than 0.1 lkNZm.

[0164] 比較例 11 [0164] Comparative Example 11

5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を 50°C 5分 浸漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lwt%塩酸水 溶液 (25°C)に 5分浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を吹き付けて 乾燥した。このポリイミドフィルムに金属原料が成膜されるように、 RFマグネトロンスパ ッタリング装置にセットし、槽内を 3 X 10_4Paまで減圧した後、アルゴンガスを導入し 真空度を 2 X 10_ 1Paとし、 RF電源にてプラズマを発生した。このプラズマにて-ッケ ル:クロムの合金層 [比率 8 : 2 99. 9wt%、以下、ニクロム層(第一スパッタリング層 7a )]が膜厚 30 となるようにポリイミドフィルムへ成膜した。ニクロム層を成膜した後、同 一雰囲気にて、この-クロム層上にさらにスパッタリングにより銅(99. 99wt%)を 0. 2 μ m成膜して第二スパッタリング層 7bを得た。 After immersing the polyimide film (Kapton EN) in 5N aqueous potassium hydroxide solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, thoroughly wash the immersed polyimide film with ion-exchanged water, and add lwt% hydrochloric acid solution (25 ° C). After soaking for 5 minutes, it was thoroughly washed with ion-exchanged water and dried by blowing compressed air. Set it in an RF magnetron sputtering device so that a metal raw material is deposited on this polyimide film, depressurize the tank to 3 X 10 _4 Pa, and then introduce argon gas to a vacuum of 2 X 10 _ 1 Pa. And plasma was generated by the RF power supply. Using this plasma, a nickel: chromium alloy layer [ratio 8: 299.99 wt%, hereinafter, a nichrome layer (first sputtering layer 7a)] was formed on a polyimide film to a film thickness of 30. After forming the nichrome layer, a second sputtering layer 7b was obtained by depositing 0.2 μm of copper (99.99 wt%) on the -chrome layer by sputtering in the same atmosphere.

次いで、上記スパッタ膜 (第二スパッタリング層 7b)を電極として電解めつき浴にて 8 /z m厚の銅めつき層(めっき層 7c)を形成した。電解めつき浴としては、硫酸銅浴 (硫 酸銅 100g/L、硫酸 220g/L、塩素 40mg/L、アノードは含りん銅)を使用し、電流密 度 2. OA/dm2にてめっき膜を形成した。めっき後には十分な蒸留水で洗浄し乾燥を 行った。このようにして、ポリイミドフィルム クロム層 7aZ銅スパッタ層 7bZ電解め つき銅層 7cから構成される金属張積層板を得た。ポリイミドフィルムと銅箔の接着強 度は、 0. lkNZmであった。 Next, a copper plating layer (plating layer 7c) having a thickness of 8 / zm was formed in an electrolytic plating bath using the sputtered film (second sputtering layer 7b) as an electrode. As an electrolytic bath, use a copper sulfate bath (copper sulfate 100 g / L, sulfuric acid 220 g / L, chlorine 40 mg / L, anode is phosphorous copper), plating at current density 2. OA / dm 2 A film was formed. After plating, it was washed with enough distilled water and dried. In this way, a metal-clad laminate composed of a polyimide film, a chromium layer, 7aZ, a copper sputtered layer, 7bZ, an electrolytically plated copper layer, 7c was obtained. The adhesion strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil was 0. lkNZm.

[0165] 比較例 12 ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)を 0. 5wt%の APES水溶液に 30秒間浸漬後、圧縮 空気を吹き付けて乾燥し、 110°Cで 30分間加熱処理した。このポリイミドフィルムに金 属原料が成膜されるように、 RFマグネトロンスパッタリング装置にセットし、金属薄膜 を形成した。サンプルをセットした槽内は 3 X 10_4Paまで減圧した後、アルゴンガスを 導入し真空度を 2 X 10_1Paとし、 RF電源にてプラズマを発生した。このプラズマにて ニッケル:クロムの合金層 [比率 8 : 2 99. 9wt%、以下、ニクロム層(第一スパッタリン グ層 8a)]が膜厚 30 となるようにポリイミドフィルムへ成膜した。ニクロム層を成膜し た後、同一雰囲気にて、この-クロム層上にさらにスパッタリングにより銅(99. 99wt %)を 0. 2 μ m成膜して第二スパッタリング層 8bを得た。 [0165] Comparative Example 12 The polyimide film (Kapton EN) was immersed in a 0.5 wt% APES aqueous solution for 30 seconds, dried by blowing compressed air, and heat-treated at 110 ° C for 30 minutes. A metal thin film was formed by setting in an RF magnetron sputtering apparatus so that a metal raw material was formed on this polyimide film. The chamber in which the sample was set was depressurized to 3 × 10 _4 Pa, and then argon gas was introduced to make the degree of vacuum 2 × 10 _1 Pa, and plasma was generated by the RF power supply. With this plasma, a nickel: chromium alloy layer [ratio 8: 299.99 wt%, hereinafter, a nichrome layer (first sputtered layer 8a)] was formed on a polyimide film to a film thickness of 30. After forming the nichrome layer, 0.2 μm of copper (99.99 wt%) was further formed on the -chrome layer by sputtering in the same atmosphere to obtain a second sputtering layer 8b.

次いで、上記スパッタ膜 (第二スパッタリング層 8b)を電極として電解めつき浴にて 8 /z m厚の銅めつき層(めっき層 8c)を形成した。電解めつき浴としては、硫酸銅浴 (硫 酸銅 100g/L、硫酸 220g/L、塩素 40mg/L、アノードは含りん銅)を使用し、電流密 度 2. OA/dm2にてめっき膜を形成した。めっき後には十分な蒸留水で洗浄し乾燥を 行った。このようにして、ポリイミドフィルム クロム層 8aZ銅スパッタ層 8bZ電解め つき銅層 8cから構成される金属張積層板を得た。ポリイミドフィルムと銅箔の接着強 度は、 0. lkNZm未満であった。 Next, a copper plating layer (plating layer 8c) having a thickness of 8 / zm was formed in an electrolytic plating bath using the sputtered film (second sputtering layer 8b) as an electrode. As an electrolytic bath, use a copper sulfate bath (copper sulfate 100 g / L, sulfuric acid 220 g / L, chlorine 40 mg / L, anode is phosphorous copper), plating at current density 2. OA / dm 2 A film was formed. After plating, it was washed with enough distilled water and dried. In this way, a metal-clad laminate composed of a polyimide film chromium layer 8aZ copper sputtered layer 8bZ electrolytic plated copper layer 8c was obtained. The adhesion strength between the polyimide film and the copper foil was less than 0.1 lkNZm.

[0166] 以上の条件及び結果をまとめて表 5に示す。なお、加熱処理は実施例 22及び比較 例 12は 110°C 30分であり、実施例 23 26は 300°C 3分であり、比較例 10 11はカロ 熱処理なしである。金属層の形成方法はすべての例においてスパッタ +めっきであ る。 [0166] The above conditions and results are summarized in Table 5. In addition, the heat treatment is performed at 110 ° C. for 30 minutes in Example 22 and Comparative Example 12, Example 23 26 is at 300 ° C. for 3 minutes, and Comparative Example 10 11 is not subjected to calo heat treatment. The metal layer is formed by sputtering + plating in all examples.

[0167] [表 5] [0167] [Table 5]

アルカリ処理層 接着強度 Alkali treatment layer Adhesive strength

ホ°リイミト'フィルム ァミノ化合物  Home Reimito Film Amino Compound

厚み(/x m) ( k N/m)  Thickness (/ x m) (k N / m)

実施例 22 力フ°トン EN 0. 70 APES 0. 4  Example 22 Power foot EN 0. 70 APES 0.4

実施例 23 フィルム 0. 02 BAPP 0. 9  Example 23 Film 0.02 BAPP 0.9

実施例 24 フィルム 2 0. 02 HAB 0. 7  Example 24 Film 2 0.02 HAB 0.7

実施例 25 フィルム 2 0. 02 ASD 0. 6  Example 25 Film 2 0.02 ASD 0.6

実施例 26 フィルム 2 0. 02 DABA 0. 6  Example 26 Film 2 0.02 DABA 0.6

比較例 10 力,トン EN 一 ― く 0. 1  Comparative Example 10 Force, ton EN

比較例 1 1 カフ。 f> EN 0. 70 ― 0. 1  Comparative Example 1 1 cuff. f> EN 0. 70 ― 0. 1

比較例 12 カフ。トン EN 一 APES く 0. 1  Comparative Example 12 cuff. T EN EN APES KU 0. 1

[0168] 実施例 27 [0168] Example 27

5Nの水酸ィ匕カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルム (カプトン EN)を 50°C、 5分浸 漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lwt%塩酸水溶 液 (25°C)に 5分浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾 燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a27を得た。ポリイミドフィルム a27の一部は 次の例で使用した。  After immersing the polyimide film (Kapton EN) in 5N aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, thoroughly wash the immersed polyimide film with ion-exchanged water, and add 1wt% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution (25 After immersing in (C) for 5 minutes, it was thoroughly washed with ion exchange water, sprayed with compressed air and dried to obtain surface-treated polyimide film a27. Part of the polyimide film a27 was used in the following example.

[0169] ポリイミドフィルム a27の改質層面を 0. 0005M濃度の BAPPのメタノール溶液(25°C )に 30秒浸漬した後、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾燥することで、ポリイミドフィルム表面 にァミノ化合物処理層を形成したポリイミドフィルム b27を得た。  [0169] The modified layer surface of the polyimide film a27 was immersed in a methanol solution (25 ° C) of 0.005M concentration of BAPP for 30 seconds, and then dried by blowing compressed air to the surface of the polyimide film. A polyimide film b27 was obtained.

ポリイミドフィルム a27と、ポリイミドフィルム b27の表面処理面を重ね合わせ、高性能 高温真空プレス機で、 400°C、 20MPa、 1分の条件で熱プレスを行った。 2枚のポリィ ミドフィルム a27及び b27間の接着強度は、 1. 2kNZmであった。  Surface treatment surfaces of polyimide film a27 and polyimide film b27 were superposed, and heat-pressed with a high-performance high-temperature vacuum press at 400 ° C, 20 MPa for 1 minute. The adhesion strength between the two polyimide films a27 and b27 was 1.2 kNZm.

[0170] 実施例 28  [0170] Example 28

実施例 27で得たポリイミドフィルム a27の改質層面を 0. 0005Mの BAPPのメタノー ル溶液に 30秒浸漬の代わりに、 0. 001Mの DAPEのメタノール溶液(25°C)の 5分浸 漬とした以外は、実施例 27と同様にして、ポリイミドフィルム表面にァミノ化合物処理 層を形成したポリイミドフィルム b28を得た。 ポリイミドフィルム a27と、ポリイミドフィルム b28の表面処理面を重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様にして熱プレスを行った。ポリイミドフィルム a28及び b28間の接着強度は、 1 . OkNZmであった。 Instead of immersing the modified layer surface of the polyimide film a27 obtained in Example 27 in 0.005M BAPP methanol solution for 30 seconds, immersing in 0.001M DAPE methanol solution (25 ° C) for 5 minutes. A polyimide film b28 having an amino compound treatment layer formed on the polyimide film surface was obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 except that. The surface of the polyimide film a27 and the polyimide film b28 were superposed and heat-pressed in the same manner as in Example 27. The adhesive strength between the polyimide films a28 and b28 was 1. OkNZm.

[0171] 実施例 29 [0171] Example 29

実施例 27で得たポリイミドフィルム a27の改質層面を 0. 0005Mの BAPPのメタノー ル溶液に 30秒浸漬の代わりに、 5分浸漬とした以外は、実施例 27と同様にして、ポリ イミドフィルム表面にァミノ化合物処理層を形成したポリイミドフィルム b29を得た。 ポリイミドフィルム a27と、ポリイミドフィルム b29の表面処理面を重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様にして熱プレスを行った。ポリイミドフィルム a27及び b29間の接着強度は、 0 . 9kNZmであった。  A polyimide film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 except that the modified layer surface of the polyimide film a27 obtained in Example 27 was immersed in 0.005M BAPP methanol solution for 5 minutes instead of 30 seconds. A polyimide film b29 having an amino compound treatment layer formed on the surface was obtained. The surface of the polyimide film a27 and the polyimide film b29 were superposed and heat-pressed in the same manner as in Example 27. The adhesive strength between the polyimide films a27 and b29 was 0.9 kNZm.

[0172] 実施例 30 [0172] Example 30

1Nの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液(50°C)の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(アビカル NPI)を 10 分浸漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lwt%塩酸 水溶液 (25°C)に 5分浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を吹き付け て乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a30を得た。ポリイミドフィルム a30の一 部は次の例で使用した。  After immersing the polyimide film (Abical NPI) in 1N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (50 ° C) for 10 minutes, the immersed polyimide film is thoroughly washed with ion-exchanged water, and lwt% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution (25 ° C) After being soaked for 5 minutes, it was thoroughly washed with ion-exchanged water, sprayed with compressed air and dried to obtain a surface-treated polyimide film a30. A part of the polyimide film a30 was used in the following example.

[0173] ポリイミドフィルム a30の改質層面を、 0. 0005M濃度の BAPPのメタノール溶液(25 °C)に 20秒浸漬した後、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾燥し、ポリイミドフィルム表面にアミ ノ化合物処理層を形成したポリイミドフィルム b30を得た。  [0173] The surface of the modified layer of the polyimide film a30 was immersed in a methanol solution (25 ° C) of 0.005 M concentration of BAPP for 20 seconds, and then dried by spraying compressed air to the polyimide film surface. A polyimide film b30 was obtained.

ポリイミドフィルム a30と、ポリイミドフィルム b30の表面処理面を重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様にして熱プレスを行った。ポリイミドフィルム a30及び b30間の接着強度は、 1 . lkNZmであった。  The polyimide film a30 and the surface treatment surface of the polyimide film b30 were superposed and hot pressed in the same manner as in Example 27. The adhesive strength between the polyimide films a30 and b30 was 1. lkNZm.

[0174] 実施例 31  [0174] Example 31

5Nの水酸ィ匕カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルムを 50°C、 5分浸漬の代わりに 、 5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液(50°C)の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(ユーピレックス 25S) を 30分浸漬した以外は、実施例 27と同様にして、ポリイミドフィルム表面に改質層を 形成したポリイミドフィルム a31を得た。更に、ポリイミドフィルム a31を使用して実施例 2 7と同様にして、ポリイミドフィルム表面にァミノ化合物処理層を形成したポリイミドフィ ルム b31を得た。 Instead of immersing the polyimide film in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution (50 ° C), polyimide film (Iupilex 25S) in 30 minutes A polyimide film a31 having a modified layer formed on the polyimide film surface was obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 except that the immersion was performed. Further, using a polyimide film a31, in the same manner as in Example 27, a polyimide film in which an amino compound treatment layer was formed on the polyimide film surface was used. Rum b31 was obtained.

ポリイミドフィルム a31と、ポリイミドフィルム b31の表面処理面を重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様にして熱プレスを行った。ポリイミドフィルム a31及び b31間の接着強度は、 1 . lkNZmであった。  The polyimide film a31 and the surface-treated surface of the polyimide film b31 were superposed and hot pressed in the same manner as in Example 27. The adhesive strength between the polyimide films a31 and b31 was 1. lkNZm.

[0175] 実施例 32 [0175] Example 32

実施例 27で得たポリイミドフィルム a27と、実施例 30で得たポリイミドフィルム b30の 表面処理面を重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様にして熱プレスを行った。ポリイミドフィ ルム a27及び b30間の接着強度は、 1. OkNZmであった。  The polyimide film a27 obtained in Example 27 and the surface-treated surface of the polyimide film b30 obtained in Example 30 were superposed and subjected to hot pressing in the same manner as in Example 27. The adhesion strength between the polyimide films a27 and b30 was 1. OkNZm.

[0176] 実施例 33 [0176] Example 33

5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(参考例 1のフィルム 1)を 50 °C、 5分浸漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lwt% 塩酸水溶液 (25°C)に 5分浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を吹き 付けて乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a33を得た。ポリイミドフィルム a33の 一部は次の例で使用した。  After immersing the polyimide film (film 1 of Reference Example 1) in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, the immersed polyimide film was washed thoroughly with ion-exchanged water, and then lwt% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution (25 After immersing in (C) for 5 minutes, it was thoroughly washed with ion exchange water, sprayed with compressed air and dried to obtain surface-treated polyimide film a33. Part of the polyimide film a33 was used in the following example.

[0177] ポリイミドフィルム a33の改質層面を 0. 001M濃度の ED Aの濃度に調整したメタノー ル溶液 (20°C)に 5分浸漬した後、圧縮空気を吹き付けて乾燥し、ポリイミド榭脂層表 面にアミノ化合物処理層を形成したポリイミドフィルム b33を作製した。  [0177] The modified layer surface of the polyimide film a33 was immersed in a methanol solution (20 ° C) adjusted to 0.001M EDA concentration for 5 minutes, and then dried by spraying with compressed air. A polyimide film b33 having an amino compound treatment layer formed on the surface was prepared.

ポリイミドフィルム a33と、ポリイミドフィルム b33の表面処理面を重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様にして熱プレスを行った。ポリイミドフィルム a33及び b33間の接着強度は、 0 . 6kNZmであった。  The polyimide film a33 and the surface-treated surface of the polyimide film b33 were superposed and hot pressed in the same manner as in Example 27. The adhesive strength between the polyimide films a33 and b33 was 0.6 kNZm.

[0178] 実施例 34  [0178] Example 34

ポリイミドフィルム a33を、 0. 001M濃度の EDAのメタノール溶液(20°C)に 5分浸漬 の代わりに、 0. 001M濃度の ETAのメタノール溶液(20°C)に 5分浸漬した以外は、 実施例 33と同様にして、ポリイミド榭脂層表面にァミノ化合物処理層を形成したポリイ ミドフィルム b34を作製した。  Except for immersing the polyimide film a33 in 0.001M EDA methanol solution (20 ° C) for 5 minutes instead of immersing it in 0.001M ETA methanol solution (20 ° C) for 5 minutes. In the same manner as in Example 33, a polyimide film b34 having an amino compound treatment layer formed on the surface of the polyimide resin layer was produced.

実施例 33で得たポリイミドフィルム a33と、ポリイミドフィルム b34の表面処理面を重ね 合わせ、実施例 27と同様にして熱プレスを行った。ポリイミドフィルム a33及び b33間の 接着強度は、 0. 4kNZmであった。 [0179] 実施例 35 The polyimide film a33 obtained in Example 33 and the surface-treated surface of the polyimide film b34 were superposed and hot pressed in the same manner as in Example 27. The adhesive strength between the polyimide films a33 and b33 was 0.4 kNZm. [0179] Example 35

5Nの水酸化カリウム水溶液の中に、ポリイミドフィルム(参考例 2のフィルム 2)を 50 °C、 5分浸漬した後、浸漬したポリイミドフィルムをイオン交換水で充分水洗し、 lwt% 塩酸水溶液 (25°C)に 5分浸漬した後、イオン交換水で充分水洗し、圧縮空気を吹き 付けて乾燥することで、表面処理ポリイミドフィルム a35を得た。  After immersing the polyimide film (film 2 of Reference Example 2) in 5N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 50 ° C for 5 minutes, the immersed polyimide film was washed thoroughly with ion-exchanged water, and lwt% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution (25 After immersing in (C) for 5 minutes, it was thoroughly washed with ion exchange water, sprayed with compressed air and dried to obtain surface-treated polyimide film a35.

ポリイミドフィルム a35と、実施例 33で得たポリイミドフィルム b33の表面処理面を重ね 合わせ、実施例 27と同様びして熱プレスを行った。ポリイミドフィルム a35及び b33間 の接着強度は、 0. 7kNZmであった。  The polyimide film a35 and the surface-treated surface of the polyimide film b33 obtained in Example 33 were overlapped, and heat pressing was performed in the same manner as in Example 27. The adhesive strength between the polyimide films a35 and b33 was 0.7 kNZm.

[0180] 実施例 36 [0180] Example 36

実施例 35で得たポリイミドフィルム a35と、実施例 34で得たポリイミドフィルム b34の 表面処理面を重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様にして熱プレスを行った。ポリイミドフィ ルム a35及び b33間の接着強度は、 0. 4kNZmであった。  The polyimide film a35 obtained in Example 35 and the surface-treated surface of the polyimide film b34 obtained in Example 34 were superposed and subjected to hot pressing in the same manner as in Example 27. The adhesive strength between the polyimide films a35 and b33 was 0.4 kNZm.

[0181] 比較例 13 [0181] Comparative Example 13

ポリイミドフィルム (カプトン EN)を 2つ用意し、これを重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様 にして熱プレスを行った。各々のポリイミドフィルムは容易に剥離した。  Two polyimide films (Kapton EN) were prepared, superposed, and hot pressed in the same manner as in Example 27. Each polyimide film peeled easily.

[0182] 比較例 14 [0182] Comparative Example 14

ポリイミドフィルム(アビカル NPI)を 2つ用意し、これを重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様 にして熱プレスを行った。各々のポリイミドフィルムは容易に剥離した。  Two polyimide films (Abical NPI) were prepared, which were superposed and hot pressed in the same manner as in Example 27. Each polyimide film peeled easily.

[0183] 比較例 15 [0183] Comparative Example 15

ポリイミドフィルム(カプトン EN)とポリイミドフィルム(アビカル NPI)を重ね合わせ、実 施例 27と同様にして熱プレスを行った。各々のポリイミドフィルムは容易に剥離した。  A polyimide film (Kapton EN) and a polyimide film (Abical NPI) were superposed and hot pressed in the same manner as in Example 27. Each polyimide film peeled easily.

[0184] 比較例 16 [0184] Comparative Example 16

ポリイミドフィルム(参考例 1のフィルム 1)を 2つ用意し、各々のポリイミド榭脂層面を 重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様にして熱プレスを行った。各々のポリイミド榭脂層は容 易に剥離した。  Two polyimide films (Film 1 of Reference Example 1) were prepared, and the polyimide resin layer surfaces were superposed, and hot pressing was performed in the same manner as in Example 27. Each polyimide resin layer easily peeled off.

[0185] 比較例 17 [0185] Comparative Example 17

実施例 27で得たポリイミドフィルム a27を 2つ用意し、各々のポリイミドフィルムの表 面処理層面を重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様にして熱プレスを行った。ポリイミドフィ ルム間の接着強度は、 0. lkNZmであった。 Two polyimide films a27 obtained in Example 27 were prepared, and the surface treatment layer surfaces of the respective polyimide films were superposed and hot-pressed in the same manner as in Example 27. Polyimide film The adhesion strength between the rums was 0. lkNZm.

[0186] 比較例 18 [0186] Comparative Example 18

実施例 33で得たポリイミドフィルム a33を 2つ用意し、各々のポリイミド榭脂の表面処 理層面を重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様にして熱プレスを行った。ポリイミド榭脂層間 の接着強度は、 0. lkNZm未満であった。  Two polyimide films a33 obtained in Example 33 were prepared, and the surface treatment layer surface of each polyimide resin was superposed, and hot pressing was performed in the same manner as in Example 27. The adhesion strength between the polyimide resin layers was less than 0.1 lkNZm.

[0187] 比較例 19 [0187] Comparative Example 19

実施例 33で得たポリイミドフィルム a33と、実施例 35で得たポリイミドフィルム a35を用 意し、各々のポリイミド榭脂の表面改質層面を重ね合わせ、実施例 27と同様にして 熱プレスを行った。ポリイミド榭脂層間の接着強度は、 0. lkNZm未満であった。  Prepare the polyimide film a33 obtained in Example 33 and the polyimide film a35 obtained in Example 35, superimpose the surface modification layer surfaces of the respective polyimide resins, and perform hot pressing in the same manner as in Example 27. It was. The adhesion strength between the polyimide resin layers was less than 0.1 lkNZm.

[0188] 以上の条件及び結果をまとめて表 6及び表 7に示す。 2つのポリイミド榭脂層の接着 方法はすべての例にお!/、て熱圧着である。  [0188] The above conditions and results are summarized in Table 6 and Table 7. The bonding method of the two polyimide resin layers is thermocompression bonding in all examples!

[0189] [表 6] [0189] [Table 6]

アルカリ処理層 Alkali treatment layer

ホ。リイミト 'フィルム ァミノ化合物  Ho. Liimito 'Film Amino Compound

の厚み ( Π1) ( k N/m) カフ' トン EN 0. 70 ― 実施例 27 1. 2 カフ。 トン EN 0. 70 BAPP カ トン EN 0. 70 ― 実施例 28 1. 0 カフ。 EN 0. 70 DAPE カフ' 0. 70 ― 実施例 29 0. 9 カフ。 h> EN 0. 70 BAPP アビカル NPI 0. 73 ― 実施例 30 1. 1 ァピカル NPI 0. 73 BAPP ユ-ピレックス 25S 0. 56 ―  Thickness (Π1) (k N / m) Cuff 'ton EN 0. 70 ― Example 27 1.2 Cuff. Ton EN 0. 70 BAPP Ton EN 0. 70 ― Example 28 1.0 Cuff. EN 0. 70 DAPE cuff '0. 70 ― Example 29 0. 9 Cuff. h> EN 0. 70 BAPP Avical NPI 0. 73 ― Example 30 1.1 Apical NPI 0. 73 BAPP Upilex 25S 0. 56 ―

実施例 31 1. 1 Example 31 1.1

ユーピレックス 25S 0. 56 BAPP カフ。 トン EN 0. 70 ― 実施例 32 1. 0 ァピカル NPI 0. 73 BAPP フィルム 1 0. 22 ― 実施例 33 0. 6 フィルム 1 0. 22 EDA フィルム 1 0. 22 ― 実施例 34 0. 4 フィルム 1 0. 22 ETA フイルム 2 0. 30 ― 実施例 35 0. 7 フィルム 1 0. 22 EDA フィルム 2 0. 30 ― 実施例 36 フィルム 1 0. 22 ETA 0. 4 フィルム 2 0. 30 ― 7] アルカリ処理層 Upilex 25S 0. 56 BAPP cuff. EN 0.70 ― Example 32 1. 0 Capital NPI 0. 73 BAPP film 1 0.22 ― Example 33 0.6 Film 1 0.22 EDA film 1 0.22 ― Example 34 0.4 Film 1 0. 22 ETA film 2 0. 30 ― Example 35 0.7 Film 1 0.22 EDA film 2 0. 30 ― Example 36 Film 1 0.22 ETA 0.4 Film 2 0. 30 ― 7] Alkali treatment layer

ホ。リイミドフィルム アミ/化合物  Ho. Liimide film Ami / Compound

の厚み( m) ( k N/m)  Thickness (m) (k N / m)

カフ。 トン EN ― 一  Cuff. T EN ― One

比較例 13 0. 0  Comparative Example 13 0. 0

カフ。 トン EN 一 一  Cuff. T EN

アビカル NPI 一 一  Avical NPI

比較例 14 0. 0  Comparative Example 14 0. 0

アビカル PI 一 ―  Abical PI

カフ' b> EN ― ―  Cuff 'b> EN ― ―

比較例 15 0. 0  Comparative Example 15 0. 0

アビカル PI 一 ―  Abical PI

フィルム 1 一 ―  Film 1

比较例 16 0. 0  Comparative Example 16 0. 0

フィルム 1 ― ―  Film 1 ― ―

カフ。 トン EN 0. 70 一  Cuff. T EN 0. 70

比較例 17 0. 1  Comparative Example 17 0. 1

カフ。 トン EN 0. 70 ―  Cuff. T EN 0. 70 ―

フィルム 1 0. 22 ―  Film 1 0.22 ―

比較例 18 く 0. 1  Comparative Example 18

フィルム 1 0. 22 ―  Film 1 0.22 ―

フィルム 1 0. 22 ―  Film 1 0.22 ―

比較例 19 く 0. 1  Comparative Example 19

フィルム 2 0. 30 ― 産業上の利用の可能性  Film 2 0. 30-Industrial applicability

本発明によれば、簡便な表面処理によりポリイミド榭脂層の接着力を飛躍的に向上 させることができる。ファインピッチ形成に適した低粗度銅箔においても接着力を向 上させることができるため、低コストで、高密度のプリント配線板に用いられる銅張積 層板の製造が可能となる。また、 HDDサスペンション用途にも利用可能であるため、 その工業的価値は高い。  According to the present invention, the adhesion of the polyimide resin layer can be dramatically improved by a simple surface treatment. Adhesion can be improved even with a low-roughness copper foil suitable for fine pitch formation, which makes it possible to manufacture copper-clad laminates used for high-density printed wiring boards at low cost. It can also be used for HDD suspension applications, so its industrial value is high.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims [1] a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形 成する工程と、 b)該ァルカリ処理層面にァミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒溶液を含浸 ·乾 燥してァミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程とを備えたことを特徴とするポリイミド榭脂 層の表面に改質層を形成する方法。  [1] a) a step of forming a surface of the polyimide resin layer with an aqueous alkali solution to form an alkali-treated layer; and b) impregnating and drying a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali-treated layer. And forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer, comprising the step of forming an amino compound-containing layer. [2] a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形 成する工程と、 b)該ァルカリ処理層面にァミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒溶液を含浸 ·乾 燥してァミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程に加えて、更に c)ァミノ化合物含有層をィ ミド化処理して改質イミド化層を形成する工程とを備えた請求項 1記載の改質層を形 成する方法。  [2] a) a step of forming a surface of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali-treated layer; and b) impregnating and drying a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali-treated layer. In addition to the step of forming the amino compound-containing layer, the modified layer according to claim 1, further comprising: c) imidizing the amino compound-containing layer to form a modified imidized layer. How to form. [3] アルカリ処理層の厚みが 0. 005-3. 0 mの範囲にある請求項 1又は 2記載の改 質層を形成する方法。  [3] The method for forming a modified layer according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the thickness of the alkali-treated layer is in the range of 0.005 to 3.0 m. [4] ァミノ化合物が、第 1級又は第 2級のアミノ基を有する芳香族ァミンである請求項 1又 は 2記載の改質層を形成する方法。  4. The method for forming a modified layer according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the amino compound is an aromatic amine having a primary or secondary amino group. [5] ァミノ化合物が、少なくとも 3つの第 1級のアミノ基を官能基として有する脂肪族アミ ンである請求項 1又は 2記載の改質層を形成する方法。 5. The method for forming a modified layer according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the amino compound is an aliphatic amine having at least three primary amino groups as functional groups. [6] ァミノ化合物が、ポリイミド前駆体榭脂である請求項 1又は 2記載の改質層を形成す る方法。 6. The method for forming a modified layer according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the amino compound is a polyimide precursor resin. [7] ポリイミド榭脂層が、積層体の表面層を形成するポリイミド榭脂層である請求項 1又 は 2記載の改質層を形成する方法。  7. The method for forming a modified layer according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polyimide resin layer is a polyimide resin layer that forms a surface layer of the laminate. [8] ポリイミド榭脂層が、ポリイミド榭脂フィルムの表面層を形成するポリイミド榭脂層であ る請求項 1又は 2記載の改質層を形成する方法。 8. The method for forming a modified layer according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polyimide resin layer is a polyimide resin layer that forms a surface layer of a polyimide resin film. [9] I)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面に改質層を形成する工程と、 II)該改質層の表面に金属層 を形成する工程とを備えた金属張積層板の製造方法において、 [9] In a method for producing a metal-clad laminate comprising: I) a step of forming a modified layer on the surface of the polyimide resin layer; and II) a step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the modified layer. 工程 I)が、  Process I) a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形成 する工程と、 b)該ァルカリ処理層面にァミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒溶液を含浸 ·乾燥 してアミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程とを備えること特徴とする金属張積層板の製 造方法。 a) a step of forming an alkali-treated layer by treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution; and b) impregnating and drying a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali-treated layer to contain an amino compound. A metal-clad laminate comprising a step of forming a layer. Manufacturing method. [10] 工程 I)が、  [10] Process I) a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形成 する工程と、 b)該ァルカリ処理層面にァミノ化合物を含む極性溶媒溶液を含浸 ·乾燥 してアミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程に加えて、更に c)ァミノ化合物含有層をイミド 化処理して改質イミド化層を形成する工程とを備える請求項 9記載の金属張積層板 の製造方法。  a) a step of forming an alkali-treated layer by treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution; and b) impregnating and drying a polar solvent solution containing an amino compound on the surface of the alkali-treated layer to contain an amino compound. 10. The method for producing a metal-clad laminate according to claim 9, further comprising: c) a step of imidizing the amino compound-containing layer to form a modified imidized layer in addition to the step of forming a layer. [11] 工程 II)が、 [11] Step II) d)改質層の表面に金属箔を重ね合わせ、熱圧着する工程力もなる請求項 9又は 10 記載の金属張積層板の製造方法。  The method for producing a metal-clad laminate according to claim 9 or 10, wherein d) a process force for superimposing metal foil on the surface of the modified layer and thermocompression bonding is also provided. [12] 工程 II)が、  [12] Step II) e)改質層の表面に金属薄膜層を形成する工程からなる請求項 9又は 10記載の金属 張積層板の製造方法。  11. The method for producing a metal-clad laminate according to claim 9 or 10, comprising a step of forming a metal thin film layer on the surface of the modified layer. [13] アルカリ処理層の厚みが 0. 005〜3. 0 mの範囲である請求項 9〜 12のいずれか に記載の金属張積層板の製造方法。  [13] The method for producing a metal-clad laminate according to any one of [9] to [12], wherein the thickness of the alkali-treated layer is in the range of 0.005 to 3.0 m. [14] ァミノ化合物が、第 1級又は第 2級のアミノ基を有する芳香族ァミンである請求項 9 〜 12のいずれかに記載の金属張積層板の製造方法。  14. The method for producing a metal-clad laminate according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein the amino compound is an aromatic amine having a primary or secondary amino group. [15] ァミノ化合物が、少なくとも 3つの第 1級のアミノ基を官能基として有する脂肪族アミ ンである請求項 9〜 12のいずれかに記載の金属張積層板の製造方法。  15. The method for producing a metal-clad laminate according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein the amino compound is an aliphatic amine having at least three primary amino groups as functional groups. [16] ァミノ化合物が、ポリイミド前駆体榭脂である請求項 9〜 12のいずれかに記載の金 属張積層板の製造方法。  16. The method for producing a metal-clad laminate according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein the amino compound is a polyimide precursor resin. [17] ァミノ化合物力 アミノ基を有するシランカップリング剤である請求項 9〜12のいず れかに記載の金属張積層板の製造方法。  [17] The method for producing a metal-clad laminate according to any one of [9] to [12], wherein the amino compound is a silane coupling agent having an amino group. [18] アミノ基を有するシランカップリング剤力 3 ァミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、 3- ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、 N— 2— (アミノエチル) 3 ァミノプロピルトリメトキ シシラン、 N- 2- (アミノエチル) 3—ァミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、 3—トリ エトキシシリル N— (1, 3 ジメチルブチリデン)プロピルアミン及び N—フエ-ルー 3 ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン力も選択される少なくとも 1種である請求項 17に記 載の金属張積層板の製造方法。 [18] Silane coupling agent with amino group 3 Aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N— 2— (aminoethyl) 3 Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- ( Aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl N- (1,3 dimethylbutylidene) propylamine, and N-ferro-3 triaminosilane are also at least one selected. As stated in claim 17 The manufacturing method of the metal-clad laminated board of mounting. [19] ァミノ化合物力 ジァミノシロキサンである請求項 9〜 12のいずれかに記載の金属 張積層板の製造方法。  [19] The method for producing a metal-clad laminate according to any one of [9] to [12], wherein the amino compound strength is diaminosiloxane. [20] ジァミノシロキサンが、下記一般式(1)で表されるジァミノシロキサンオリゴマーであ る請求項 19に記載の金属張積層板の製造方法。  20. The method for producing a metal-clad laminate according to claim 19, wherein the diaminosiloxane is a diaminosiloxane oligomer represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure imgf000055_0001
ここで、 Ar及び Arは 2価の炭化水素基を示し、 R〜Rは炭素数 1〜6の炭化水素基
Figure imgf000055_0001
Here, Ar and Ar represent a divalent hydrocarbon group, R to R are hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
2 7 3 6  2 7 3 6 を示し、 mは 1〜20の数を示す。  M represents a number from 1 to 20.
[21] 金属箔が、銅箔、銅合金箔又はステンレス箔である請求項 11に記載の金属張積層 板の製造方法。 21. The method for producing a metal-clad laminate according to claim 11, wherein the metal foil is a copper foil, a copper alloy foil or a stainless steel foil. [22] 第一のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)と第二のポリイミド榭脂層(P2)のポリイミド榭脂層面を 重ね合わせてポリイミド榭脂層を接着する方法において、  [22] In the method of bonding the polyimide resin layer by overlapping the polyimide resin layer surface of the first polyimide resin layer (P1) and the second polyimide resin layer (P2), A)第一のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)について、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ 水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形成する工程、  A) For the first polyimide resin layer (P1), a) a step of treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali treatment layer; B)第二のポリイミド榭脂層(P2)について、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層の表面側の層をアルカリ 水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形成する工程、 b)該アルカリ処理層面にアミノィ匕 合物を含む極性溶媒溶液を含浸'乾燥してァミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程と、 B) For the second polyimide resin layer (P2): a) a step of treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer with an alkaline aqueous solution to form an alkali treatment layer; b) amino acid combination with the alkali treatment layer surface Impregnating a polar solvent solution containing a product and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer; C)第一のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)のアルカリ処理層面に第二のポリイミド榭脂層(P2)の ァミノ化合物含有層面を重ね合わせ、熱圧着する工程、を有することを特徴とするポ リイミド榭脂層の接着方法。 C) a step of superimposing an amino compound-containing layer surface of the second polyimide resin layer (P2) on the surface of the alkali treatment layer of the first polyimide resin layer (P1) and thermocompression bonding. Adhesion method of the resin layer. [23] 第一のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)及び第二のポリイミド榭脂層(P2)の少なくとも一方が、 ポリイミド榭脂層の片面に金属箔を有する片面金属張積層板のポリイミド榭脂層であ る請求項 22に記載のポリイミド榭脂層の接着方法。  [23] A polyimide resin layer of a single-sided metal-clad laminate in which at least one of the first polyimide resin layer (P1) and the second polyimide resin layer (P2) has a metal foil on one side of the polyimide resin layer The method for adhering a polyimide resin layer according to claim 22. [24] ポリイミド榭脂層の片面に金属箔を有する片面金属張積層板を 2枚重ね合わせて 接着してポリイミド榭脂層の両面に金属箔を有する両面金属張積層板の製造方法に おいて、 [24] A method for producing a double-sided metal-clad laminate having a metal foil on both sides of a polyimide resin layer by laminating and bonding two single-sided metal-clad laminates having a metal foil on one side of a polyimide resin layer Leave A)第一の片面金属張積層板について、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層(P1)の表面側の層をアル カリ水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形成する工程、  A) For the first single-sided metal-clad laminate, a) a step of treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer (P1) with an aqueous alkali solution to form an alkali treatment layer; B)第二の片面金属張積層板について、 a)ポリイミド榭脂層(P2)の表面側の層をアル カリ水溶液で処理してアルカリ処理層を形成する工程、 b)該アルカリ処理層面にアミ ノ化合物を含む極性溶媒溶液を含浸'乾燥してァミノ化合物含有層を形成する工程 と、  B) For the second single-sided metal-clad laminate, a) a step of treating the surface side of the polyimide resin layer (P2) with an aqueous alkali solution to form an alkali treatment layer; b) Impregnating with a polar solvent solution containing a compound and drying to form an amino compound-containing layer; C)第一の片面金属張積層板のポリイミド榭脂層(P1)のアルカリ処理層面に第二の 片面金属張積層板のポリイミド榭脂層(P2)のァミノ化合物処理層面を重ね合わせ、 熱圧着する工程、を有することを特徴とする両面金属張積層板の製造方法。  C) Overlay the surface of the polyimide resin layer (P1) of the first single-sided metal-clad laminate with the alkali-treated layer of the polyimide resin layer (P2) of the second single-sided metal-clad laminate. The manufacturing method of the double-sided metal-clad laminated board characterized by having the process to carry out.
PCT/JP2007/063238 2006-07-04 2007-07-02 Method of modifying surface of polyimide resin layer and process for producing metal-clad laminate Ceased WO2008004520A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020097002148A KR101451264B1 (en) 2006-07-04 2007-07-02 Method for modifying the surface of a polyimide resin layer and method for producing a metal laminate
CN200780025386XA CN101484513B (en) 2006-07-04 2007-07-02 Surface modification method for polyimide resin layer and method for producing metal-clad laminate
JP2008523673A JP5215182B2 (en) 2006-07-04 2007-07-02 Method for modifying surface of polyimide resin layer and method for producing metal-clad laminate

Applications Claiming Priority (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006184943 2006-07-04
JP2006-184942 2006-07-04
JP2006-184943 2006-07-04
JP2006184942 2006-07-04
JP2006-185162 2006-07-05
JP2006185162 2006-07-05
JP2006218242 2006-08-10
JP2006-218242 2006-08-10
JP2006245371 2006-09-11
JP2006-245371 2006-09-11
JP2007061722 2007-03-12
JP2007-061722 2007-03-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008004520A1 true WO2008004520A1 (en) 2008-01-10

Family

ID=38894490

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2007/063238 Ceased WO2008004520A1 (en) 2006-07-04 2007-07-02 Method of modifying surface of polyimide resin layer and process for producing metal-clad laminate

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5215182B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101451264B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101484513B (en)
TW (1) TWI424012B (en)
WO (1) WO2008004520A1 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009149764A (en) * 2007-12-20 2009-07-09 Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd Method for producing polyimide resin layer having adhesive layer and method for producing metal-clad laminate
JP2010125793A (en) * 2008-11-28 2010-06-10 Arisawa Mfg Co Ltd Bilayer double-side flexible metal laminate plate and method of manufacturing the same
CN101746103A (en) * 2008-12-12 2010-06-23 比亚迪股份有限公司 Method for preparing laminated polyimide metal foil
KR20150105177A (en) * 2014-03-07 2015-09-16 아조텍 컴퍼니 리미티드 Metal substrate and method of manufacturing the same
KR20150105178A (en) * 2014-03-07 2015-09-16 아조텍 컴퍼니 리미티드 Metal substrate and method of manufacturing the same
JP2017052268A (en) * 2015-06-17 2017-03-16 長興材料工業股▲ふん▼有限公司Eternal Materials Co.,Ltd. Metal-clad laminate, method for manufacturing the same and method for manufacturing flexible circuit board using the same
CN107852828A (en) * 2015-08-21 2018-03-27 住友电气工业株式会社 The manufacture method of printed substrate substrate, printed substrate and printed substrate substrate
JP2020029475A (en) * 2018-08-20 2020-02-27 東洋紡株式会社 Heat-resistant polymer film, method for producing surface-treated heat-resistant polymer film, and heat-resistant polymer film roll
CN112601656A (en) * 2018-09-28 2021-04-02 日铁化学材料株式会社 Method for manufacturing metal-clad laminate and method for manufacturing circuit board
CN117183382A (en) * 2023-10-12 2023-12-08 昆山倬跃蓝天电子科技有限公司 Preparation process of ultra-thin polyimide film and ultra-thin polyimide film current collector
US12343964B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2025-07-01 Sika Technology Ag Waterproofing membrane with a solid filler component

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140227446A1 (en) * 2013-02-13 2014-08-14 Seiren Co., Ltd. Surface modifier for polyimide resin and surface-modifying method for polyimide resin
JP6781827B2 (en) 2017-04-28 2020-11-04 三井化学株式会社 Substrate laminate and method of manufacturing substrate laminate
TWI624563B (en) * 2017-07-14 2018-05-21 律勝科技股份有限公司 Method of forming a metal layer on a photosensitive resin
KR102199544B1 (en) * 2018-12-21 2021-01-07 (주)이녹스첨단소재 Flexible Copper Clad Layer
KR102387069B1 (en) * 2019-08-06 2022-04-18 주식회사 비티엘첨단소재 Aluminium pouch film for the secondary battery and the manufacturing method thereof
CN113873748B (en) * 2021-09-28 2022-05-10 广东合通建业科技股份有限公司 Circuit board and manufacturing process of transparent LED display

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5119067A (en) * 1974-07-03 1976-02-16 Amp Inc
JPS6399282A (en) * 1986-10-16 1988-04-30 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Bonding of polyimide formed article
JPS63125532A (en) * 1986-11-14 1988-05-28 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Bonding of polyimide molding
JPH02149666A (en) * 1988-11-30 1990-06-08 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Manufacture of polyimide film with metallic gilt
JPH04231474A (en) * 1990-05-15 1992-08-20 Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> Surface reforming of polyimide
JPH05239657A (en) * 1992-02-27 1993-09-17 Mitsubishi Gas Chem Co Inc Manufacturing method of moisture resistant copper clad substrate
JPH07273466A (en) * 1994-03-29 1995-10-20 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Manufacturing method of multilayer-wiring board
JPH07286041A (en) * 1994-04-11 1995-10-31 Samsung Electron Co Ltd Polyimide surface treatment method
JP2006312268A (en) * 2005-05-09 2006-11-16 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Polyimide adhesive sheet, its manufacturing method and polyimide/metal laminate comprising the same

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH062828B2 (en) * 1986-05-15 1994-01-12 宇部興産株式会社 Method for manufacturing polyimide film
US5094713A (en) * 1988-02-16 1992-03-10 Hoechst Celanese Corporation Process for improving the adhesion to polyacetal articles
JPH06336533A (en) * 1993-05-27 1994-12-06 Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd Polyimide film of improved adhesiveness

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5119067A (en) * 1974-07-03 1976-02-16 Amp Inc
JPS6399282A (en) * 1986-10-16 1988-04-30 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Bonding of polyimide formed article
JPS63125532A (en) * 1986-11-14 1988-05-28 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Bonding of polyimide molding
JPH02149666A (en) * 1988-11-30 1990-06-08 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Manufacture of polyimide film with metallic gilt
JPH04231474A (en) * 1990-05-15 1992-08-20 Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> Surface reforming of polyimide
JPH05239657A (en) * 1992-02-27 1993-09-17 Mitsubishi Gas Chem Co Inc Manufacturing method of moisture resistant copper clad substrate
JPH07273466A (en) * 1994-03-29 1995-10-20 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Manufacturing method of multilayer-wiring board
JPH07286041A (en) * 1994-04-11 1995-10-31 Samsung Electron Co Ltd Polyimide surface treatment method
JP2006312268A (en) * 2005-05-09 2006-11-16 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Polyimide adhesive sheet, its manufacturing method and polyimide/metal laminate comprising the same

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009149764A (en) * 2007-12-20 2009-07-09 Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd Method for producing polyimide resin layer having adhesive layer and method for producing metal-clad laminate
JP2010125793A (en) * 2008-11-28 2010-06-10 Arisawa Mfg Co Ltd Bilayer double-side flexible metal laminate plate and method of manufacturing the same
CN101746103A (en) * 2008-12-12 2010-06-23 比亚迪股份有限公司 Method for preparing laminated polyimide metal foil
KR101721425B1 (en) * 2014-03-07 2017-03-31 아조텍 컴퍼니 리미티드 Metal substrate and method of manufacturing the same
US10212829B2 (en) 2014-03-07 2019-02-19 Azotek Co., Ltd. Method of manufacturing metal substrate
JP2015168261A (en) * 2014-03-07 2015-09-28 佳勝科技股▲ふん▼有限公司 Metal substrate and manufacturing method thereof
JP2015168262A (en) * 2014-03-07 2015-09-28 佳勝科技股▲ふん▼有限公司 Metal substrate and method for manufacturing the same
US9414485B2 (en) 2014-03-07 2016-08-09 Azotek Co., Ltd. Peelable metal substrate having modified surface and method of manufacturing the same
JP2016182826A (en) * 2014-03-07 2016-10-20 佳勝科技股▲ふん▼有限公司 Metal substrate and manufacturing method thereof
KR101676107B1 (en) * 2014-03-07 2016-11-14 아조텍 컴퍼니 리미티드 Metal substrate and method of manufacturing the same
US9573352B2 (en) 2014-03-07 2017-02-21 Azotek Co., Ltd. Metal substrate and method of manufacturing the same
US11483934B2 (en) 2014-03-07 2022-10-25 Azotek Co., Ltd. Metal substrate and method of manufacturing the same
KR20150105177A (en) * 2014-03-07 2015-09-16 아조텍 컴퍼니 리미티드 Metal substrate and method of manufacturing the same
KR20150105178A (en) * 2014-03-07 2015-09-16 아조텍 컴퍼니 리미티드 Metal substrate and method of manufacturing the same
US10765008B2 (en) 2015-06-17 2020-09-01 Eternal Materials Co., Ltd. Metal clad laminate, preparation method thereof, and method for preparing flexible circuit board by using the same
JP2017052268A (en) * 2015-06-17 2017-03-16 長興材料工業股▲ふん▼有限公司Eternal Materials Co.,Ltd. Metal-clad laminate, method for manufacturing the same and method for manufacturing flexible circuit board using the same
CN107852828A (en) * 2015-08-21 2018-03-27 住友电气工业株式会社 The manufacture method of printed substrate substrate, printed substrate and printed substrate substrate
US11375615B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2022-06-28 Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd. Substrate for printed circuit board, printed circuit board, and method for producing substrate for printed circuit board
US12343964B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2025-07-01 Sika Technology Ag Waterproofing membrane with a solid filler component
JP2020029475A (en) * 2018-08-20 2020-02-27 東洋紡株式会社 Heat-resistant polymer film, method for producing surface-treated heat-resistant polymer film, and heat-resistant polymer film roll
JP7116889B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2022-08-12 東洋紡株式会社 Heat-resistant polymer film, method for producing surface-treated heat-resistant polymer film, and heat-resistant polymer film roll
CN112601656A (en) * 2018-09-28 2021-04-02 日铁化学材料株式会社 Method for manufacturing metal-clad laminate and method for manufacturing circuit board
CN117183382A (en) * 2023-10-12 2023-12-08 昆山倬跃蓝天电子科技有限公司 Preparation process of ultra-thin polyimide film and ultra-thin polyimide film current collector
CN117183382B (en) * 2023-10-12 2025-12-30 昆山倬跃蓝天电子科技有限公司 Preparation process of ultrathin polyimide film and current collector of ultrathin polyimide film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5215182B2 (en) 2013-06-19
CN101484513B (en) 2013-05-29
KR101451264B1 (en) 2014-10-15
TWI424012B (en) 2014-01-21
JPWO2008004520A1 (en) 2009-12-03
KR20090033260A (en) 2009-04-01
TW200825128A (en) 2008-06-16
CN101484513A (en) 2009-07-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2008004520A1 (en) Method of modifying surface of polyimide resin layer and process for producing metal-clad laminate
CN101932439B (en) Metal foil laminated polyimide resin substrate
TWI437937B (en) Copper wiring polyimine film manufacturing method and copper wiring polyimide film
JP4508441B2 (en) Laminated body and method for producing the same
TWI433879B (en) Method for surface modification of polyimide resin layer and method for manufacturing sheet metal paste
TWI450918B (en) Surface treatment method of polyimide resin and method for producing metal foil laminated body
US20090246554A1 (en) Laminate having peelability and production method therefor
JP5609891B2 (en) Method for producing polyimide film and polyimide film
JP5469578B2 (en) Copper-clad laminate having primer layer and wiring board using the same
JP5345116B2 (en) Copper-clad laminate, manufacturing method thereof, and wiring board including the copper-clad laminate
JP5042729B2 (en) Method for modifying surface of polyimide resin layer and method for producing metal-clad laminate
JP2000151046A (en) Polyimide film and flexible boar
JP5133724B2 (en) Method for producing polyimide resin laminate and method for producing metal-clad laminate
JP5042728B2 (en) Method for modifying surface of polyimide resin layer and method for producing metal-clad laminate
WO2006118230A1 (en) Material for plating and use thereof
JP5009756B2 (en) Method for producing polyimide resin layer having adhesive layer and method for producing metal tension plate
JP2007098791A (en) Flexible single-sided copper-clad polyimide laminate
JP4304459B2 (en) Polyimide film with metal thin film
JP2008031448A (en) Method for producing polyimide film and method for producing laminated board
JP2005135985A (en) Manufacturing method for printed wiring board
JP4976269B2 (en) Method for producing polyimide resin layer having adhesive layer and method for producing metal-clad laminate
JP4032831B2 (en) Discharge treatment polyimide film, discharge treatment method, polyimide film with metal thin film and method for producing the same
JP2021170603A (en) Metal laminated board and circuit board
JP2006001185A (en) Plastic film, metal-coated substrate, and manufacturing method thereof
JP2006283023A (en) Polyimide film for metal thin film formation by vapor deposition.

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200780025386.X

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07768013

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008523673

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020097002148

Country of ref document: KR

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: RU

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07768013

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)